Chesterfield County Unincorporated
City Zoning Code

ARTICLE 4

Development Standards

19.2-33 General Provisions

Purpose: This Article provides regulations for infrastructure, site design, and layout to:

Provide common standards for development in Chesterfield County;
Implement the Comprehensive Plan;
Protect the public health, safety and welfare of the County and its residents;
Guide public and private policy and action in providing adequate and efficient infrastructure;
Provide the most beneficial relationship between the uses of land and buildings; and
Establish reasonable standards of design and procedures for site plans, subdivisions, and resubdivisions, to guide the orderly layout and use of land.

A.
Applicability. This Article applies to all properties in the County and supplements the applicable zoning district standards. This includes applications for rezoning, conditional use, special exceptions, and building permits that require zoning certification.
B.
Utility Lines - Underground. Except for existing utility lines which traverse a development or project, all utility lines such as electric, telephone, cable access television, or other similar lines shall be installed underground unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.

19.2-34 Amenity Space

Purpose: This Section provides standards for amenity spaces required by the applicable zoning district. These standards provide for environmental resource protection, neighborhood compatibility, and recreational opportunities for new development while protecting property values and providing flexible options for compliance.

A.
Applicability. This Section applies to all new zoning cases, subdivision plats and site plans approved after January 1, 2026. Exemptions from amenity space include:
1. 1.
  Any single-family (attached or detached) residential subdivision of 50 lots or less, unless part of a larger project; and
2. 2.
  Any development requiring site plan approval of less than two acres, unless part of a larger project.
3. 3.
  Any government building or facility, public park, or other public use.

Amenity Space Required. Amenity space is required as a percentage of the net developable area [gross site area minus Resource Protection Area (RPA), wetlands, and floodplains] as indicated for the applicable zoning district in Article 2, and as follows in Table 19.2-34.1.

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

C.
Qualifying Amenity Space (AS). Where the zoning district or this Section requires amenity space, the following categories in Table 19.2-34.2 may qualify to meet the amenity space requirement.
D.
Qualifying Strategic Amenity Space (SAS). A portion of the amenity space requirement that provides a centralized or other strategic location within the project that has good pedestrian access and conveniently serves the majority of the uses within the development. SAS should provide the development with an opportunity for high quality amenities as identified in Table 19.2-34.2.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

E.
Ownership and Maintenance of Amenity Space.
1. 1.
  Unless otherwise open to the public, amenity space shall be permanently set aside for the sole benefit, use, and enjoyment of present and future occupants and visitors of the development through covenant, deed restriction, or similar legal instrument. If agreed to by the County, the amenity space may be conveyed or dedicated to the County or other private or non-profit organization for general public use.
2. 2.
  The developer shall provide for and establish an organization for ownership and maintenance of the amenity space for the benefit of residents, occupants, visitors, and owners of the development.
3. 3.
  The organization shall not be dissolved and shall not dispose of or abandon the amenity space, by sale or otherwise, without prior written approval from the Director of Planning.
4. 4.
  Where a qualifying amenity space category from Table 19.2-34.2 requires landscaping or vegetation, such landscaping or vegetation must be preserved per the tree preservation requirements found in Landscaping and Screening, Sec. 19.2-41.
F.
Phasing of Amenity Space. Unless a phasing plan is submitted at time of zoning, amenity space installation shall adhere to the following:
1. 1.
  Bonding. Amenities shall be bonded upon approval of 50% of the development's total residential building permits.
2. 2.
  70% Completion. Building permits shall be approved for any amenities prior to approval of 70% of the project's residential building permits.
G.
Calculation of Amenity Space.
1. 1.
  Determining Amenity Space in Multi-District or Multi-Pattern Projects. For residential projects where multiple districts or multiple patterns within a district are part of the same project, amenity space shall be calculated using a ratio of the number of units within each district option to the total number of units on the net project acreage. This formula is used to calculate the required amenity space for one district or pattern within a project.
  1. a.
    Required amenity space for district/pattern = (# of units in a district or pattern/total number of units) x minimum % of amenity space x project acreage.
  2. b.
    Strategic amenity space for projects in TR, UR, AR, CC and EC districts = % of amenity space that must be SAS x required amenity space for that district/pattern.
  3. c.
    Strategic amenity space in SU and SC districts is based on total unit count within a project and is not in proportion to the required amenity space.
2. 2.
  Sample Calculation. A sample calculation is provided below for a project in the TR District on 21 acres (net) with 204 total units, distributed among the following district options.
  1. a.
    Base (townhomes with street vehicular access). 17 dwelling units
    i.
    (17/204) x 20% x 21 acres = 0.35 acres amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 30% x 0.35 acre = 0.11 acre SAS
  2. b.
    Base (townhomes with alley vehicular access). 69 dwelling units
    i.
    (69/204) x 10% x 21 acres = 0.71 acres amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 30% x 0.71 acre = 0.21 acre SAS
  3. c.
    Option 1 (multifamily). 118 dwelling units.
    i.
    Amenity Space required: (118/204) x 15% x 21 acres = 1.82 acre amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 50% x 1.82 acre = 0.91 acre SAS
3. 3.
  In a project with multiple zoning districts or options, amenity space as calculated in G.1 above may be distributed across the entire project such that it is generally accessible to the residents and/or users of the project.
4. 4.
  A sample is provided in Table 19.2-34.3 to show how various qualifying amenity space categories are calculated.

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

19.2-35 Buffers

Purpose: Buffers provide intermittent visual separation between uses, and between residential dwellings and roads. Buffers also provide horizontal distance and open space between uses, preserve vegetation, provide transition and separation, reduce noise and glare, maintain privacy, and preserve forested vistas adjacent to arterial roads.

A.
Location.
1. 1.
  If required, buffers shall be provided on the property being developed.
2. 2.
  Except on a zoning lot having a combination of zoning districts, buffers shall be located at the outer boundaries of a property.
3. 3.
  On a zoning lot having a combination of nonresidential and residential zoning, property zoned A, RC, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or MU may be used to meet the nonresidential buffer requirement if approved during plans review, and the buffer is located in a perpetual easement. If the easement is located on a recorded subdivision lot, an amended subdivision plat shall be submitted for approval. The buffer easement shall be recorded with the Clerk of the Circuit Court prior to issuance of a land disturbance permit.
4. 4.
  Unless otherwise specified, buffers shall be provided in an unbroken landscape strip.
5. 5.
  Buffers shall not be located on a residential subdivision lot unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.
6. 6.
  On sites requiring site plan approval, buffers shall be inclusive of required setbacks. Perimeter landscaping within a setback shall not be required where a buffer is required.
7. 7.
  On sites requiring subdivision approval, buffers shall not include easements which are generally parallel to the buffer, street fill slopes, street cut slopes steeper than 3:1 or required setbacks unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.

Requirements.

Buffers Between Different Zoning Districts. Buffers shall be provided between different zoning districts as outlined in Tables 19.2-35.1 and 19.2-35.2. Buffers are not required within the VO or UCO Districts, except for developments on the outer perimeter of the overlay when adjacent to Residential Districts.

For properties developed adjacent to a property developed prior to January 1, 2026, the following buffers are required.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

For properties developed adjacent to vacant property or adjacent to a property developed after January 1, 2026, the following buffers are required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Buffer Treatment. Existing vegetation shall be preserved to the maximum extent practicable. If existing vegetation is insufficient as determined by the Director of Planning or does not exist, Table 19.2-35.2 outlines the landscaping requirements for buffers between different zoning districts.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Buffers Adjacent to Roads in Subdivisions. This Subsection shall apply to all lot subdivisions in the RC, SR, SC, SU, TR, and AR Districts and in developments built under the AR Option 1 pattern. This Subsection shall not apply to subdivisions within the VO District.

Buffer Widths. For a subdivision, buffers shall be provided adjacent to roads as outlined in Table 19.2-35.3 below:

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Buffer Treatment. Existing vegetation shall be preserved to the maximum extent practicable. If existing vegetation is insufficient as determined by the Director of Planning or does not exist, Table 19.2-35.4 below outlines the landscaping requirements for buffers adjacent to roads in subdivisions.

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

C.
Additional Required Buffers.
1. 1.
  Required by Boards. In addition to the buffers required in this Section, the Board of Supervisors or Board of Zoning Appeals may require buffers at the time of their final decision on zoning approvals to effectively and appropriately buffer one use from another use when those uses are deemed incompatible.
2. 2.
  Public Parks and Conservation Easements. In addition to, or when not required in this Section, a buffer of 50 feet shall be required on parcels adjacent to public parks or conservation easements unless waived by the Director of Planning.
D.
Uses Within Buffers.
1. 1.
  Generally. Buffers shall not be used for any other purpose other than as permitted in this Subsection, or as permitted by the action of the Board of Supervisors or the Board of Zoning Appeals.
2. 2.
  Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted within buffers:
  1. a.
    Landscaping and screening as permitted or required by this Section;
  2. b.
    Signs;
  3. c.
    Fencing;
  4. d.
    Utilities which run generally perpendicular through the buffer;
  5. e.
    Pedestrian ways installed in a manner to preserve vegetation to the maximum extent practicable;
  6. f.
    Bikeways installed in a manner to preserve vegetation to the maximum extent practicable; and
  7. g.
    Similar uses as may be permitted through plans review and approved by the Director of Planning.
E.
Encroachments.
1. 1.
  Subdivision Easements and Accesses. In subdivisions, easements or road accesses crossing a buffer are permitted if they cross the buffer generally at right angles or so as to have the least impact on the buffer.
2. 2.
  Subdivision Encroachments. The following encroachments are permitted if, at the time of plans review for a subdivision, the applicant demonstrates the necessity for the encroachment and that alternatives to the encroachment are not easily available. The easement encroachment shall be depicted on preliminary plats and construction plans.
  1. a.
    Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area. An encroachment of up to 25 feet into the 100-foot wide buffer is permitted, generally parallel to the buffer, with the remaining 75 feet located between the easement and lot lines.
  2. b.
    Publicly Funded Projects. Subsequent to plat approval, if a publicly funded project necessitates that public easements or right-of-way encroach into a required buffer along that road, the Directors of Planning and Transportation may allow encroachments up to 20 feet in width along an arterial road and 10 feet in width along a collector road if the remaining buffer width is at least 25 feet.
  3. c.
    Stormwater Facilities. Generally, stormwater facilities are not permitted within buffers. However, if a unique site circumstance that requires a facility adjacent to a road is determined at preliminary plat or construction plan review, the facility may encroach into the buffer if:
    i.
    It is located within open space;
    ii.
    It is kept free of debris by the homeowner's association; and
    iii.
    In addition to required landscaping, additional landscaping, berms, decorative fences, or other aesthetic features shall be provided between the lots and the road to accomplish the spirit and intent of the buffer requirement and to preclude access to the road, as determined at the time of plans review.
F.
Modifications.
1. 1.
  Bikeways. Where right-of-way or other property dedication is necessary to accommodate a required bikeway, the width of the buffer may be reduced by the same amount as the dedication. The Director of Planning may modify buffer treatment requirements so long as the resulting design meets the purpose and intent of this Section.
2. 2.
  Buffers Along Roads for Subdivisions. Buffer treatments along roads as required in this Section may be modified at time of plans review by the Director of Planning as follows:
  1. a.
    Reduction in shrub requirement if it is determined that another feature, such as topography or existing mature vegetation, would limit the effectiveness or necessity for shrubs; and/or,
  2. b.
    Use of durable decorative walls or fences, berms, increased landscaping, and/or fencing where existing vegetation is inadequate or cleared.

19.2-36 Building Design

Purpose: These criteria are intended to assist in focusing design principles in order to preserve property values, promote the public health, safety and general welfare, and develop a satisfactory visual appearance within the County. The following standards regulate the use of land, buildings, structures and other premises, as authorized by Code of Virginia, § 15.2-2280. The purpose of these regulations is to promote the health, safety or general welfare of the public and of further accomplishing the objectives of Code of Virginia, § 15.2-2200; to implement the Comprehensive Plan.

A.
Applicability.
1. 1.
  The requirements of this Section shall not apply to lots recorded or building permits approved prior to January 1, 2026.
2. 2.
  This Section applies to any building or structure not exempt from this Section or this Chapter.
B.
Standards for All Districts.
1. 1.
  Direct Vent Fireplace. Direct vent gas fireplace boxes, which protrude beyond the exterior face of the unit, are not permitted on front façades.
2. 2.
  Exterior Materials. Except for the A District, no building shall be covered with any unpainted, untreated, or unfinished concrete block, unfinished corrugated metal, or unfinished sheet metal.
3. 3.
  Parking Decks. Parking decks shall be architecturally incorporated into the project it serves through use of similar styles, colors, and materials to the greatest extent possible.
C.
Townhouse Standards.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Buildings shall be designed to impart harmonious proportions and avoid monotonous facades or large bulky masses. Townhouse rows shall possess architectural variety while at the same time have an overall cohesive consistent architectural residential character. This may be achieved through the creative use of design elements such as, but not limited to, balconies, terraces, offsets, varied materials, articulation of doors and windows, sculptural or textural relief of facades, architectural ornamentation, varied roof lines or other appurtenances such as lighting fixtures and plantings.
2. 2.
  Mechanical Unit Screening. Mechanical units shall initially be screened from view of public roads by landscaping or low maintenance material, or be located to the rear of the principal building.
D.
Multifamily Dwelling Standards.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Buildings shall be designed to impart harmonious proportions and avoid monotonous facades or large bulky masses. Multifamily buildings shall possess architectural variety while at the same time have an overall consistent architectural style. Consistent architectural style may be achieved through the creative use of design elements such as, but not limited to, balconies, terraces, articulation of doors and windows, sculptural or textural relief of facades, architectural ornamentation, varied roof lines or other appurtenances such as lighting fixtures and plantings. To horizontally break up the building mass, facades shall either have offsets across the length of the building or an appearance of different buildings connected together. To vertically break up the building mass, facades shall incorporate a three-layer design that establishes strong images of the first floor and the roof or parapet, unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review based upon a design that accomplishes the spirit and intent of this requirement. All facades shall have comparable fenestration.
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
2. 2.
  Materials. Facades visible to adjoining properties shall have materials consistent in appearance and detail to the street facing facade of the same building.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Unit Screening. Any mechanical units shall be ground mounted or roof mounted. Whether ground mounted or roof mounted, units visible from adjacent property or roads shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or screened from view with landscaping, a wall, or a fence designed to complement the architecture.
4. 4.
  Maximum Building Length. Buildings that exceed 250 feet in length in the TR district or 400 feet in length in the AR, UR, and MU Districts shall provide breezeways or similar throughways to provide public pedestrian access across the longest building length. Those openings shall be lighted and decorative in design. The Director of Planning may approve alternative access that provides equivalent pedestrian circulation through or across sites.
5. 5.
  Addressing. To ensure that buildings have adequate visibility for emergency and law enforcement purposes, buildings shall be addressed on all sides that face roadways/drive aisles with minimum 10-inch-tall numerals of a contrasting color to the façade on which they are attached. Numerals do not count against signage allowances.
6. 6.
  Access for Emergency Personnel. Properties with vehicle gates and apartment buildings that use electronic access controls on common exterior resident doors shall install electronic pushbutton keypads at the gates and at each building’s main entrance. The unique, emergency access code shall be provided to the Chesterfield County Emergency Communications Center (ECC) Operations Manager prior to the certificate(s) of occupancy being issued.
E.
Commercial Standards - NB and CC Districts.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Within projects, architectural treatment such as materials, colors, and styles shall be compatible. The architectural theme of a project shall show how building elements will break up the mass of large buildings and provide for a pedestrian scale environment between parking and buildings. Buildings within the same block or directly across a road shall have a compatible architectural treatment unless otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
2. 2.
  Materials. Facades visible to adjoining properties shall have materials consistent in appearance and detail to any other facade of the same building.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment (ground-level or rooftop), junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property or roads, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or screened from view.
4. 4.
  NB District.
  1. a.
    Design features shall include, but not be limited to, articulation of doors and windows, architectural ornamentation, and use of residential materials such as, but not limited to, brick or siding, and asphalt shingle or simulated slate roofs.
  2. b.
    Buildings in this district have a bulk, scale and design that is cohesive with the adjacent and surrounding residential buildings. In suburban contexts, this may include pitched roofs, similar rooflines and building materials, and comparable setbacks.
5. 5.
  CC District.
  1. a.
    Road Entrances to Residential Neighborhoods. Buildings adjacent to roads, excluding roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan, that serve as an entrance to a residential neighborhood, shall be compatible with residential architecture. Design features shall include, but not be limited to, articulation of doors and windows, architectural ornamentation, and use of residential materials, such as, but not limited to, brick or siding, and asphalt shingle or simulated slate roofs.
  2. b.
    Building and Pedestrian Elements. The architectural style shall use building elements that interrupt the linear pattern and provide large scale focal elements and pedestrian scale elements for the entire development. Building and pedestrian elements shall include the following:
    i.
    Facade Wall. Wall designs shall incorporate similar architectural expression of walls including grid pattern, canopy, abstract ornamentation and cornice to maintain the continuity between tenants. Variation in building wall setbacks shall be employed to interrupt building mass.
    ii.
    Entry and Tower Features. Towers or other substantial vertical architectural features shall be incorporated into a project to establish large scale focal points and interrupt the linear design of buildings. Entry features shall either be included as key design components to identify each tenant and provide relief to the background wall.
    iii.
    Colors. Overall designs shall include variations in neutral color schemes for the building background with complementary colors to enhance the entry feature design. Accent colors shall be permitted to represent individual corporate identification.
    iv.
    Parapets and Roofs. Variation in parapet and/or roof heights shall be used to interrupt building mass.
    v.
    Pedestrian Elements. Between buildings and parking areas, at least two of the following pedestrian elements shall be used: decorative post lights, alternative paving treatments at entrances and/or pedestrian crossings, benches, plazas, landscaped areas, water features, display windows, or other pedestrian elements as approved by the Director of Planning.
F.
UR and MU Districts.
1. 1.
  Facade Treatment. Excluding the area for windows and doors, a minimum of 50% of the façade of the first two stories of a building fronting a road shall be faced with stone, brick, or other masonry material, or other material similar in appearance to stone or brick. To horizontally break up the building mass, facades shall either have offsets across the length of the building or an appearance of different buildings connected together. To vertically break up the building mass, facades shall incorporate a three-layer design that establishes strong images of the first floor and the roof or parapet, unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review based upon a design that accomplishes the spirit and intent of this requirement. All facades shall have complementary fenestration.
2. 2.
  Orientation. Any building along a public or private road shall front and have main entrances that face that road. For buildings fronting multiple roads, the building shall have entrances facing all roads.
3. 3.
  Streetfront Windows and Pedestrian Entrances. Any building with nonresidential uses on the first floor where a façade faces a public road or amenity space shall incorporate streetfront windows and pedestrian entrances that connect directly to pedestrian facilities along the road, or to a sidewalk that connects to the sidewalk along the road.
4. 4.
  Addressing. Buildings shall be addressed on all sides that face roadways/drive aisles with minimum 10-inch-tall numerals of a contrasting color to the façade on which they are attached. Numerals do not count against signage allowances.
5. 5.
  Access for Emergency Personnel. Properties with vehicle gates and apartment buildings that use electronic access controls on common exterior resident doors shall install electronic pushbutton keypads at the gates and at each building’s main entrance. The unique, emergency access code shall be provided to the Chesterfield County Emergency Communications Center (ECC) Operations Manager prior to the certificate(s) of occupancy being issued.
G.
EC, EG, and WD Districts.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Building design shall identify the building entrance and break up the mass of any building façade through any of the following options: painted patterns, change in materials, exterior wall offsets, fenestration, and other architectural features as approved by the Planning Director.
  1. a.
    In the EC District, Option 2, architectural treatment of buildings shall be compatible with buildings located within the same project.
  2. b.
    Buildings within the same block or directly across a road shall have a compatible architectural treatment unless otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
2. 2.
  Mechanical Equipment in EC Districts. Mechanical equipment (ground-level or rooftop), junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property or roads, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or their view minimized by landscaping.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Equipment in EG and WD Districts. Mechanical equipment, junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property, excluding adjacent EG or WD, or roads that accommodate through traffic, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or their view minimized by landscaping.

19.2-37 Dimensional Standards

A.
Generally. Maintenance of yards, open space and minimum lot area legally required for a building or use is a continuing obligation of the owner of the building or use, or the owner of the property on which the building or use is located. This obligation continues as long as the building or use exists.
1. 1.
  Allocation. Legally required yards, amenity space, or minimum lot area allocated to a building or use are credited only toward those requirements for that building or use. They are not credited toward those requirements for any other building or use. A change of ownership does not change this allocation.
2. 2.
  Minimum yards, parking spaces, amenity spaces, and lot area required for a building or use shall not:
  1. a.
    Include any encroachment that reduces them below the required amount; and
  2. b.
    Apply to yard, parking space or amenity space required for any other building or use.
3. 3.
  A required yard or lot area shall not be less than the district requirement, except where expressly permitted in this Chapter. [Note: See Sections 19.2-66 (Variances), and 19.2-67 (Administrative Modifications).]
B.
Location of Required Yards and Amenity Space. Required yards and amenity spaces shall locate on the same zoning lot as the building, group of buildings, or use to which they are allocated. This does not apply to projects approved through a Site Plan or Conditional Use Planned Development.
C.
Lots.
1. 1.
  Road Frontage.
  1. a.
    Unless otherwise specified in Sec. 19.2-15, lots that include detached single-family dwellings shall adjoin a publicly maintained road.
  2. b.
    Residential lots under five acres in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, MU, or AR Districts after April 28, 2010, except for family subdivisions pursuant to Chapter 17.1 of the Code (Subdivision of Land), shall not access arterial, collector, or limited access roads unless approved pursuant to Chapter 17.1 of the Code.
2. 2.
  Single-Family Dwellings per Lot. Unless otherwise permitted, only one detached dwelling is allowed per lot.
3. 3.
  Area Reductions for Right-of-Way Expansion. Any reduction in lot area to accommodate a right-of-way expansion shall not render a lot or parcel non-conforming to this Chapter.
D.
Setbacks.
1. 1.
  Measurement.
  1. a.
    Generally. Setbacks are measured horizontally from property lines or other features and rounded to the nearest tenth of a foot.
  2. b.
    Measurement from Roads. Generally, setbacks from roads are measured from the ultimate right-of-way unless the existing right-of-way is wider.
  3. c.
    Setback Reduction for Right-of-Way Expansion. When the ultimate right-of-way is expanded to accommodate a road widening, sidewalk, or another publicly funded project, setbacks shall be measured as if the expanded area were not included, but shall be no less than the following distances from the expanded right-of-way line. Landscaping, buffers, or other design measures are proportionally reduced by the area occupied by the expansion.
    i.
    10 feet for single-family dwellings;
    ii.
    Five feet for townhouse dwellings; and
    iii.
    One foot for all other buildings.
  4. d.
    Dedicated Right-of-Way. If 200 feet of right-of-way is dedicated to the County, required setbacks are measured as though only a 160-foot right-of-way exists along the following roads:
    i.
    Route 360, from Route 288 to the Amelia County line;
    ii.
    Route 10, from Irongate Drive to Courthouse Road; and
    iii.
    Route 10, from Krause Road to Buckingham Street.
2. 2.
  Special Setbacks. (See Sec. 19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity)
  1. a.
    Uses without Buildings. The required setback for a permitted use on a lot without buildings is that required for a principal building, unless otherwise provided in this Chapter.
  2. b.
    Lot Subdivision Setbacks from Buffers. Principal building setbacks from a required buffer that encroaches into a lot shall be the lesser of the required yard setback or 25 feet.
  3. c.
    Commercial and Employment Uses. Setbacks are measured from the project boundaries and rights-of-way regardless of whether individual lots are created.
  4. d.
    Setbacks Not Required. Setbacks are not required adjacent to railroads. Except as required by the floodplain management, Chesapeake Bay and the Upper Swift Creek watershed regulations, setbacks are not required adjacent to navigable waterways for uses dependent upon the waterways.
  5. e.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Petroleum Pipeline Easements Setbacks. Within a lot subdivision recorded on or after July 7, 1988, all structures shall be set back 20 feet from any petroleum product transmission pipeline easement.
  6. f.
    Limited Access Roads Setbacks - NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Building and parking setbacks from limited access roads for projects requiring site plan approval shall be 40' with Landscape C.
  7. g.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Limited Access Roads Setbacks. For subdivisions recorded on or after February 28, 2001, a 200-foot natural vegetation area, exclusive of required yards, shall be maintained adjacent to a limited access road. Provided, however, at time of plans review, the Director of Transportation may reduce this distance requirement based upon an acceptable noise study. Natural vegetation within the area shall be retained, unless it is determined by the Director of Transportation at time of plans review that limited removal is necessary to accommodate installation of noise attenuation measures. The limits and requirements of this setback shall be shown on the final plat.
  8. h.
    Grave Setbacks. In cemeteries or graveyards, graves shall meet the principal building setbacks for the district in which located; however, where existing graves are closer to the road, new graves may be set back equal to that of the existing graves, but no closer than 15 feet to the road.
  9. i.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Temporary Cul-de-sac Easements Setbacks. The required setback for a principal structure shall be the greater of 20 feet from the temporary turnaround easement, or the required yard setback measured from the ultimate right-of-way or property line, as applicable.
3. 3.
  Increased Setbacks. Setbacks shall be increased to accommodate required perimeter landscaping when conflicts exist with underground utilities.
E.
Setback Encroachments. Principal buildings may project into required minimum yards as shown in Table 19.2-37.1:

Table 19.2-37.1 Permitted Yard Encroachment for Principal Buildings
	Yard and Permitted Encroachment (feet)
Type of Encroachment	Front	Interior Side	Rear	Corner Side
Cornice, eave, sill, leader, belt course, chimney, canopy or similar ornamental feature	3*	3*	3	3*
Uncovered stairs or fire escape	4.5*	4.5*	4.5	4.5*
Terrace, step, or landings no higher than the entrance floor of the building	10*	10*	10	10*
Bay window or balcony occupying up to one-third of the wall length	3*	3*	3	3*
Outside storm enclosure not more than 6 feet in width	4*	4*	4	4*
Attachments open on 3 sides such as porch, carport, drive-in window or gasoline canopy. Side of structure is “open” if no more than 2 feet of the height of the side is constructed of brick, siding, lattice, louvers or other building materials. Any portion of the structure which complies with the required minimum principal structure yard setback is not required to be open.	10	½ required side yard for principal structure + at least 5 feet from interior side lot line	10	0
Notes for Table 19.2-37.1. * Encroachment not to extend closer than 5 feet to an interior side lot line or 10 feet to a front or corner side lot line.

F.
Accessory Structures.

1. Eaves. Eaves may encroach three feet into required setbacks.

2. Setback from Required Buffers. A minimum five-foot rear setback is required from a buffer required by Section 19.2-35 that encroaches into or abuts a lot. This does not apply to the TR or UR districts, or to through lots.

3. Swimming Pools. Detached swimming pools and adjoining decks shall conform to the front and corner side yard accessory structure setback requirements for the applicable district. The minimum setback from property lines for adjoining decks with a floor elevation of at least one foot above ground elevation and pool walls is six feet.

Height. For the purpose of this division, "structure" shall mean any object, including a mobile object, constructed or created by man, including, but not limited to, buildings, towers, cranes, smokestacks, earth formations, overhead transmission lines, flagpoles, ship masts, signs, billboards, church spires, belfries, cupolas, domes, heat transfer units, monuments, tanks, chimneys, flues, antennae, grain elevators, and derricks.

1.
Prevent Interference with County's Emergency Communications System.
1. a.
  The permitted heights of all buildings and structures shall be limited to prevent interference with the County's emergency communications system.
2. b.
  Prior to erection or alteration of a structure 80 feet or taller above ground level, the proposal shall be submitted to the County's public safety review team, consisting of the Police Chief or designee, the Fire Chief or designee, and the Emergency Management Coordinator or designee. The team shall review the proposal within 10 working days after submission to determine whether a detrimental impact to the County's radio communications system microwave paths is anticipated. If the team determines that there will not be a detrimental impact, it shall recommend release of the building permit, site plan, land disturbance permit, or other permit. If the team anticipates a detrimental impact from the proposal, the developer, owner or agent shall perform an engineering study, acceptable to the public safety review team, to determine whether there will be any detrimental impact and, if so, the nature and extent of the impact. Upon receipt, the public safety review team shall, as soon as practicable, review the study and any other available information. Following this review, if the team determines that a detrimental impact would exist, the developer, owner, or agent shall, in a manner approved by the public safety review team, redesign and/or relocate the structure so as to eliminate the anticipated detrimental impact, and be responsible for all design, engineering, equipment and modification expenses necessary to eliminate the anticipated detrimental impact. In addition, the team may impose conditions on the proposal deemed necessary to prevent interference with the microwave paths, including a guarantee in a form satisfactory to the County Attorney and in an amount sufficient to correct any potential detrimental impact.
3. c.
  The developer, owner, or agent shall ensure that the construction or operation of the structure does not have a detrimental impact on the County's radio communications system in a manner approved by the team.

Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances Excluding Communication Towers.

Specific Structures. Except for the height limits set forth in this division, the following structures shall have the height and setback limitations specified in Table 19.2-37.2:

i.
Church spires, belfries, cupolas, domes, heat transfer units, tanks, monuments, chimneys, flues, radio or television antennas, amateur radio antennas or similar structures having an aggregate area less than 25% of the ground floor building area;
ii.
Parapet walls or bulkheads extending not more than four feet above the limiting height of the building; and

iii.

Grain elevators, derricks, or other necessary industrial, utility, or public service structures.

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

b.
Rooftop Features. Patios, decks, pergolas, canopies, planter boxes, gardens, or similar structures as determined by the Director of Planning shall be permitted on rooftops so long as no structure exceeds 15 feet above the roofline. Penthouses for the sole purpose of accessing rooftop features shall be included in this provision so long as such structure does not exceed more than 25% of the aggregate area of the roof of an individual unit.
c.
Amateur Radio Antenna. Except for the height limits set forth in this division, amateur radio antenna shall have the following height and setback limitations:
1. i.
  RC, SR, SC, and SU Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks for the applicable district. Antenna 50 feet or more in height may be attached to the side or rear of a principal structure meeting the setback requirements of the applicable zoning district. If antenna is detached, it shall meet the side and rear yard setbacks required for a principal structure in the applicable zoning district and a front yard setback of the lesser of one-half the average depth of the lot or 80 feet.
2. ii.
  TR Base and UR Base Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks for the applicable district. Antenna 50 feet or more in height shall be attached to the side or rear of the principal structure which conforms to the setback requirements of the district.
3. iii.
  AR District. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks. Antenna more than 50 feet in height shall meet the principal structure setbacks.
4. iv.
  A District. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height and shall meet the accessory structure setback requirements for the district.
5. v.
  TR Option 1, UR Option 1, and NB Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements.
6. vi.
  All Other Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.
d.
Public Water Towers. Water towers shall not exceed 199 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.

3.
Communication Tower. Communication tower height shall be limited based upon the height limitations shown on the zoning map layer titled Special Height Limitations for Communication Towers. Specifically, the height of a communication tower is limited to either 199 or 300 feet, depending upon the location of the property, and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.

19.2-38 Exterior Lighting

Purpose: The purpose of these regulations are to provide specific standards in regard to exterior lighting, in order to maximize the effectiveness of site lighting, to enhance public safety and welfare, to raise public awareness of energy conservation, to avoid unnecessary upward illumination and illumination of adjacent properties due to light trespass, and to reduce glare, while at the same time providing adequate nighttime safety, utility and security.

A.
Generally.
1. 1.
  At Lot Line. Direct or reflected illumination of exterior lights shall not exceed 0.5 foot-candle (f/c) above background, measured at the lot line of an adjacent A, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or AR property.
2. 2.
  Light Source Shielding. For area lighting (floodlighting of yards, driveways, structures), lighting standards shall be of a directional type capable of shielding the light source from direct view from an adjacent A, RC, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, AR, or MU property or road. The light source shall be oriented downward or directly onto a property feature.
B.
Parking Areas.
1. 1.
  Developments within TR, UR, NB, MU, CC, EC, EG, and WD Districts shall illuminate all parking areas, driveways and sidewalks with an average maintained illumination level of 1.0 foot-candle. A foot-candle output diagram calculated horizontally at grade shall be submitted for approval that specifies the light loss factor used to assure the 1.0 foot-candle level for the life of the project.
2. 2.
  Lighting plans shall ensure site lighting is coordinated with site landscaping and included with the initial submittal for site plan review.
3. 3.
  Lighting plans shall cover all areas being developed and shall include light fixture specifications, fixture mounting details, pole details, and foot-candle output information.

C.
Residential. Within all Residential Districts, streetlights shall be required at all intersections. Unless a neighborhood has an established lighting style, all new lighting shall be directional and shielded. Design of streetlights at residential intersections shall comply with the County's residential streetlighting policy.

19.2-39 Fences, Retaining Walls, and Visual Obstructions

Purpose: Residential fences and walls serve properties by providing privacy and security, defining private space and enhancing the design of individual sites. Fences also affect the public by impacting the visual image of the streetscape and the overall character of neighborhoods. The purpose of these regulations is to achieve a balance between the private concerns for privacy and site design and the public concerns for enhancement of the community appearance.

A.
Applicability. These regulations apply to all zoning districts, except as otherwise specified.
B.
Fence and Wall Materials in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts. Except where otherwise specified, fences or walls shall be constructed of materials designed and marketed as materials for that use. No fence or wall shall be constructed of razor or barbed wire, debris, junk, plywood, rolled or sheet plastic, waste materials, or similar materials. Retaining walls constructed of timber shall not exceed four feet in height.
C.
Maintenance in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts. All fences, walls, and, where required, landscaping visible from roads shall be maintained in good repair, a healthy condition for landscaping, and in compliance with required conditions.
D.
Residential Fence and Wall Height in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts.
1. 1.
  Height Limitations. The maximum height of a fence or wall (including posts, supporting structures, and decorative elements such as finials) is shown in Table 19.2-39.1.

Table 19.2-39.1 Residential Fence and Wall Height
Front yards	4 feet
Rear and side yards	7 feet
Corner side yard	4 feet
Corner side yard with restrictions and design elements listed below in D.2.	7 feet
Open space or Amenity Space	12 foot wall/7 foot fence
Recreational Uses [1]	10 feet
Notes: [1] Fences shall be constructed of a non-opaque material, any chain link fences shall be coated with a dark finish.

1. 2.
  Corner Side Yards with Fences over Four Feet. The fence shall meet the required corner side yard setback for an accessory structure (less than 15 feet in height), not extend towards the front of the dwelling beyond the rear façade, and incorporate at least two design elements below for the entire length of fence or wall facing a road:
  1. a.
    Decorative fencing such as rot resistant wood, vinyl, wrought iron, or other decorative metal fencing materials;
  2. b.
    Decorative features such as shadow box, scallops or similar design approved by director of planning;
  3. c.
    Wall is constructed of, or fence incorporates, quality materials such as brick, stone, masonry materials or durable products that have the same appearance;
  4. d.
    Side of the fence or wall facing a road and adjacent properties has a decorative appearance or does not have support structures or framing; or
  5. e.
    Supplemental landscaping. Along exterior of fence adjacent to road, at least one medium shrub every five feet and one tree every 30 feet. Plantings and materials shall comply with Sec. 19.2-41 (Landscaping and Screening).

E.
Residential Retaining Wall Height Exceptions.
1. 1.
  Rear Yard. Where the Director of Planning determines that the visibility or impact of the wall on adjoining properties is minimized due to location, orientation, or other factors, the height of a retaining wall may extend up to 12 feet. Where permitted to exceed the required height, the wall shall meet the setback for a principal structure.
2. 2.
  Multiple Walls. To determine the height of multiple retaining walls built within a yard, walls that serve to change the topography of the lot within the yard are considered one wall where they are not separated by a distance of more than 10 feet.
F.
Fencing for Commercial/Mixed-Use, and Employment Uses. Use of chain-link fence visible to public rights-of-way or adjacent to existing residential uses shall be limited to dark colored vinyl clad fencing.
G.
Retaining Walls. Retaining walls shall meet the following requirements:
1. 1.
  Appearance. Retaining walls shall be compatible with the principal building on the lot. If the use is in amenity space where there is not a building on the lot, the walls shall be compatible with the principal structure or with the highest quality materials common within the development acceptable to the Director of Planning. Retaining walls constructed of timber shall not exceed four feet in height. Existing timber retaining walls may be replaced in kind, in compliance with height and setback requirements.
2. 2.
  Landscaping.
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    If the wall is greater than seven feet in height and faces an adjacent property or road, a variety of evergreen trees and shrubs shall be planted along the base of the wall to break up the visual impact.
    ii.
    Landscaping shall locate in a landscaped area that is at least 10 feet wide and free from easements, overhead or underground utilities, or other encumbrances that might prevent the installation of required landscaping.
    iii.
    A landscape plan shall accompany the application for the walls and is subject to approval by the Director of Planning.
  2. b.
    NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts.
    i.
    In addition to required perimeter landscaping, additional evergreen trees shall be planted at the base of the wall to break up the visual impact, and
    ii.
    Landscaping shall be located in a landscaped area at least 10 feet wide and free from easements, overhead or underground utilities, or other encumbrances that might prevent the installation of required landscaping.
3. 3.
  Location and Maintenance of Walls.
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    Except as specified in this subsection, retaining walls (including support structures and materials that are integral to the wall such as geotextiles or similar materials) shall be located within the bounds of a single lot, or recorded open space where applicable.
    ii.
    Retaining walls are the property owner’s maintenance responsibility unless an easement is established for maintenance by an entity, other than the lot owner, such as a homeowner’s association.
    iii.
    Retaining walls that cross lot lines shall be located within an easement dedicated to the homeowners’ association, and be of sufficient width to encompass wall, support structures and materials. The easement shall provide for wall maintenance. The easement shall be identified on the record plat and site or construction plans for the development.
    iv.
    If a retaining wall is maintained by an entity other than the lot owner, the entity shall provide notice to the lot owner providing for maintenance of actions such as digging or excavating that may affect wall structural integrity.
  2. b.
    NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Walls shall conform to parking setback requirements of the zoning district. The setback may be increased to accommodate required landscaping.
4. 4.
  Safety Measures. Retaining walls that are at least four feet in height shall include a non-opaque fence four foot in height installed on the upper side of the wall. Figure 19.2-39.1 shows how fencing is to be installed on retaining walls over four feet in height This additional fence does not count toward any maximum fence height of the retaining wall. If visible from a road or adjacent property, the fence shall have a decorative design. Safety measures shall be incorporated between the fence and parking areas to create a physical impediment to a vehicle reaching the edge of the wall.

Figure 19.2-39.1 Retaining Wall Over Four Feet in Height

H.
Visual Obstructions.
1. 1.
  Corner Lots. Structures or plantings which might obstruct vision between a height of two feet and a height of eight feet above the established curb grade are not permitted within 30 feet in either direction from the corner.
2. 2.
  Intersections of Drive with Road. At the intersection of a drive with a road, structures or plantings are not permitted that obstruct visibility between a height of two feet and eight feet above the elevation of a driveway that is perpendicular and adjacent to the structure or planting within the visibility triangle. The visibility triangle is determined by measuring in two directions from the intersection of the road and the drive: 10 feet landward from the road and 10 feet parallel to the road, and then connecting the two points with a straight line. Figure 19.2-39.2 shows how the visibility triangle is determined.

Figure 19.2-39.2 Visibility Triangle

19.2-40 Improvement Guarantees

A.
Surety.
1. 1.
  Generally. Where this Chapter requires surety, acceptable surety includes an irrevocable letter of credit, cash deposit, cashier's check, certificate of deposit endorsed in favor of the County, or a performance bond issued by a bonding company with an investment grade rating by Moody's or Standard and Poor's. Such surety shall be approved by the County Attorney's office.
2. 2.
  Residential Sidewalks. Shall be bonded and constructed with each section of a subdivision where such facilities are required by this Chapter.
3. 3.
  Requirements for Initial Landscape Installation.
  1. a.
    Street Trees in Subdivisions. Prior to final plat recordation, either:
    i.
    Required street trees shall be installed; or
    ii.
    The applicant shall submit a surety in an amount equal to the cost of completing the required landscaping. If surety is submitted, required subdivision street trees shall be installed prior to the Director of Planning's approval to occupy a property on which a street tree is required. If the street tree is located on property other than on an individual lot, installation shall occur prior to state acceptance of the subdivision road along which the street tree is required.
  2. b.
    Other Landscaping. The Director of Planning will not grant approval to occupy a property, and the applicant shall not record a subdivision final plat, until either:
    i.
    The required landscaping is completed; or
    ii.
    A surety is submitted in an amount equal to the cost of completing the required landscaping. If surety is submitted, the required landscaping shall be installed based upon the approved phasing plan or during the first planting season following date of issuance of the surety.
4. 4.
  Requirements for Landscape Replacement.
  1. a.
    To ensure replacement of unhealthy, dying, or dead landscaping within the first year of installation for development that requires site plan review, and where the cost of required landscaping is more than $1,000 based on a landscape contractor’s estimate that the Director of Planning finds is reliable, then either:
    i.
    A surety in an amount equal to 50% of the cost of initial installation of required landscaping shall be submitted to the Director of Planning prior to the Director of Planning’s approval to occupy the site; or
    ii.
    The landscaper and the property owner shall provide a surety to replace the landscaping within the first year of installation. Any transfer of property ownership is subject to the surety.
  2. b.
    The surety may be released after the one-year landscape inspection is completed provided all plant materials are in a healthy growing condition as determined by the Director of Planning.
B.
Homeowners' Associations for Lot Subdivisions.
1. 1.
  Requirement. A subdivision shall provide a homeowners' association to maintain any open space, amenity space, or other improvements. Commonly held property may include easements, private pavement, open space, or private utilities. On-site improvements may include signs, sidewalks, outdoor pavilions, street trees on private property, lot landscaping, fencing, lighting, dwelling unit exteriors.
2. 2.
  Restrictive Covenants. The restrictive covenants shall include at least the following:
  1. a.
    Assignment of responsibility for ownership and maintenance of open space, amenity space, or improvements, and collection of dues (as provided below) to the association or subdivider until ownership is transferred to the homeowners’ association;
  2. b.
    Easements containing private pavement, pedestrian access ways, sidewalks that are not maintained by the County or VDOT, and retaining walls requiring building permit approval, if any, and the maintenance thereof;
  3. c.
    The association’s responsibility to collect sufficient dues to cover the cost of taxes, and repairs, maintenance or replacement of facilities located on open space or amenity space, and to pay taxes;
  4. d.
    A provision prohibiting the association to dissolve or dispose of real property without prior written approval from the Director of Planning; and,
  5. e.
    The following statement: “Any property or interest in property conveyed to the County or the Commonwealth of Virginia shall not be subject to any easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, or obligations created herein not approved in writing by the County or the Commonwealth, as the case may be.”
3. 3.
  Subdivider Funding and Maintenance. The subdivider is responsible for maintenance and financial obligations of the homeowners’ association until the operation of the association, as specified in the restrictive covenants, is controlled by the residents of the subdivision.
4. 4.
  Recordation. The final plat shall indicate the maintenance responsibility of the homeowners' association. Prior to recordation of the final plat, the approved articles of incorporation shall be filed with the Virginia State Corporation Commission and Chesterfield County. The approved articles of incorporation, bylaws and restrictive covenants shall be recorded in conjunction with the recordation of the final plat.

19.2-41 Landscaping and Screening

Purpose: This Section is to protect and promote the appearance, character and economic value of land; reduce the visual impact of paved areas; moderate climatic effects; minimize noise and glare; enhance public safety by defining spaces to influence traffic movement; reduce stormwater runoff; provide transition between properties; and promote environmental stewardship. Whenever possible, maintenance of the existing topography is encouraged.

Generally.

1.
Landscaping Design. Except as otherwise required, plantings shall generally be in an irregular line and spaced at random. Plants and tree species shall be clustered to provide a professionally acceptable composition and mix of vegetation. Decorative walls and fences may be integrated into a required landscape area.

Perimeter Landscaping. Landscaping is required at the outer boundaries of projects and in the required yards of a lot, parcel, or development except where driveways or other openings are required. The minimum requirements in Table 19.2-41.1 generally specify the number of trees or shrubs required for each linear foot of the yard and/or the other treatment required within the yard.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

3.
Invasive Plant Species. Plant species included on the current Virginia Invasive Plant Species List, published by the Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation, shall not be installed.
4.
Installation. Landscaping shall be installed in accordance with professionally accepted landscaping practices and procedures. Landscaped areas next to parking shall be protected from vehicular encroachment by means such as, but not limited to, wheel stops, concrete curbs or bituminous curbs.

Minimum Size. The minimum size of required landscape materials is shown in Table 19.2-41.2.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

6.
Quality. At the time of planting, required landscaping shall be alive and in a healthy condition. Plant materials shall conform to the standards of the most recent edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock, published by AmericanHort. Native species shall be those outlined on the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List or other species as approved by the Director of Planning. The planting of trees shall be in accordance with the standardized landscape specifications adopted by the Virginia Nursery and Landscape Association, the Virginia Society of Landscape Designers and the Virginia Chapter of the American Society of Landscape Architects, or the road and bridge specifications of the Virginia Department of Transportation.
7.
Maintenance.
1. a.
  Generally. All plant material shall be tended and maintained in a healthy growing condition. Except as otherwise provided, the property owner shall maintain the required landscaping.
2. b.
  Street Trees in Residential Districts. The homeowners’ association shall maintain required street trees within a subdivision, and the final plat and/or the declaration of covenants shall show that responsibility.
3. c.
  Building Entryway Landscaping. Shrubs and trees that are over three feet in height shall be limbed as they mature and grow to provide a clear sightline through the landscaping within ten feet of an entrance or exit.
4. d.
  Water Supply for Sites Requiring Site Plan Approval. A readily available water supply (either a permanent irrigation system or hose bibs within 100 feet of all plant materials) is required for landscaped areas except as follows:
  1. i.
    In the EG and WD Districts, a readily available water supply is only required in the setback along roads which accommodate or are intended to accommodate through traffic;
  2. ii.
    Landscaped areas in stormwater management or BMP facilities;
  3. iii.
    Landscaped areas planted with drought tolerant plants listed in the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List; or
  4. iv.
    Properties that provide a continuous maintenance, watering, and replacement agreement for plant materials with a reputable landscape maintenance company for a minimum of three years.
8.
Tree Limbing. Established trees may have lower branches removed up to one-third of the height of the tree under the following circumstances:
1. a.
  Within setbacks from roads to provide visibility into a property for which site plan approval is required; or
2. b.
  To ensure healthy growth of understory vegetation, as determined by the Director of Planning.
9.
Replacement.
1. a.
  Required trees or landscaping that are dead, diseased, or otherwise unhealthy shall be removed upon approval by the Director of Planning and may be required to be replaced during the current planting season, or next planting season if out of season.
2. b.
  Required trees or shrubs removed from required setbacks from roads or buffers without written approval from the Director of Planning shall be replaced at a ratio of two trees or shrubs for each tree or shrub removed, or equivalent treatment approved by the Director of Planning.
3. c.
  Within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed, trees required to meet the canopy requirements removed without written approval from the Director of Planning, become unhealthy or die, or are pollarded shall be replaced unless the Director of Planning determines that the replacement is unnecessary to meet the tree canopy requirements.
10.
Conflicts with County Easements. Trees shall not be planted within easements for public water/wastewater and stormwater without written approval from the Directors of Utilities and the Environmental Engineering, respectively. If planting areas are restricted by easements, the Director of Planning may require one of the following alternatives:
1. a.
  An additional setback area of 10 feet to accommodate landscaping, or
2. b.
  Replacing any required tree with three medium size shrubs, or
3. c.
  Planting trees within an elevated planting container made of a durable material other than wood.

B.
Tree Preservation.
1. 1.
  Applicability.
  1. a.
    Countywide. Existing trees and shrubs within required setbacks along roads and buffers shall be retained to provide continuity, improve buffering, and minimize new landscaping that requires watering. At time of plan review, removal of existing healthy vegetation may be approved to accommodate vehicular access or utilities that run generally perpendicular through the setback or buffer, as necessary to accommodate healthy vegetative growth, or as otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
  2. b.
    Upper Swift Creek Watershed Tree Canopy. Tree preservation is required in compliance with Sec. 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed).
2. 2.
  Credits. Healthy existing vegetation is credited toward landscaping requirements provided if it is reasonably distributed throughout the setback, buffer or required landscape area.
3. 3.
  Root Protection Zone during Construction. Root protection zones shall be delineated with temporary fencing to minimize land disturbance within setback and buffer areas.
4. 4.
  Mature Trees. Mature Trees shall be protected during development and only removed where necessary, including to provide for the proposed use or development.
C.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Applicability. Street trees are required as follows:
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    Developments in the following districts: SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR
    ii.
    Any single-family subdivision receiving preliminary plat or construction plan approval after January 22, 2020, in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.
  2. b.
    Commercial, Employment, and Mixed-Use Districts. Within projects in the following districts: NB, CC, MU, and EC.
  3. c.
    Overlay Districts. Any project in a VO District or UCO District.
2. 2.
  Requirements. Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, street trees shall comply with the following requirements:
  1. a.
    Residential Projects. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of roads not shown in the Comprehensive Plan and any private pavement serving multiple units excluding alleys;
  2. b.
    Commercial or Employment Projects. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of internal roads and private pavement (when designed as a street).
  3. c.
    VO District. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of any public or private road.
  4. d.
    Tree Type. Unless otherwise provided in this Chapter, or as permitted during plan review, street trees shall be large deciduous trees spaced generally 35 feet on center. If large deciduous trees will conflict with overhead utility lines, small deciduous trees spaced generally 35 feet on center shall be installed.
1. 1. e.
    Planting Location. Trees shall either be installed within the right-of-way, or a maximum of 10 feet outside of the right-of-way. In a subdivision, if the trees are planted outside of the right-of-way, they shall be located in an easement granted to the homeowners’ association for maintenance and preservation;

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

1. 1. f.
    Species. Tree species shall be those species designated for use as a street tree in the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List; and
  2. g.
    Upper Swift Creek Watershed. Within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed, eligible street trees installed within tree wells may be credited towards tree canopy requirements under 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed) if designated through plan review.
D.
Conflicts.
1. 1.
  Perimeter Landscaping. Where this Chapter requires a site to have both perimeter landscaping and street trees, the site shall be developed with either perimeter landscaping or street trees.
2. 2.
  Utilities. Street trees may be relocated as determined by the Director of Planning to accommodate required utilities to include stormwater.
3. 3.
  Topography or Other Environmental Feature. Street trees may be waived or reduced by the Director of Planning in the following circumstances:
  1. a.
    Where topography prevents a suitable planting area,
  2. b.
    Where natural vegetation will be retained along the right-of-way,
  3. c.
    Where planting of street trees would conflict with sidewalk construction, or
  4. d.
    Where planting of street trees would conflict with a sight distance easement.
E.
Tree Wells. Tree wells in a sidewalk along a road or drive shall have a minimum root growth area of 75 square feet, generally five feet wide by 15 feet long, having a depth of three feet and contain an uncompacted soil mix favorable for healthy tree growth. If approved at the time of plan review, up to 50 square feet of the root growth area may be located underneath the sidewalk. The exposed root growth area may have a tree grate or other alternative pervious walking surface. The area shall have a sub-drain tied to the storm sewer system. The tree wells shall be irrigated unless approved otherwise at the time of plan approval through the use of native, drought-tolerant species and a three-year replacement guarantee.
F.
Surface Parking Areas.
1. 1.
  Paved parking areas shall have 30 square feet of interior landscaping for each required space. Table 19.2-41.3 establishes required landscape areas for individual type trees.

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

1. 2.
  Proposed parking lots that exceed minimum parking spaces as outlined in this Chapter shall meet the following:
  1. a.
    Required Landscaped Area. When proposed parking spaces exceed minimum quantity requirements, 40 square feet of interior landscaping shall be required for each additional space. The total required landscaping shall be dispersed throughout the parking lot.
  2. b.
    Parking Island Design. Planting islands will be located at the ends of all parking runs. No more than 10 consecutive parking spaces may be provided without a landscape interior island.

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

G.
Design. Required landscaped areas shall be reasonably dispersed and located to divide the expanse of pavement. Planting islands shall be located at the ends of parking rows adjacent to drive aisles. Use of continuous planting islands is encouraged to minimize individual planting islands. Continuous planting islands shall define entrances and walkways within parking areas.
H.
Landscape Treatment.
1. 1.
  Landscape areas within required setbacks do not count toward required parking area landscaping.
2. 2.
  Best management practice landscaped bio-retention islands located within parking areas shall count toward required parking area landscaping.
3. 3.
  Plantings shall not block the sight line of motorists at driveway intersections.
4. 4.
  The majority of required landscaping shall be trees that are capable of providing shade at maturity.
5. 5.
  One tree shall be provided for each 200 square feet (or fraction) of required interior landscaped area. At least 75% of required trees shall be large deciduous trees.
6. 6.
  Light poles shall not conflict with tree locations. Large tree trunks and light poles shall have a minimum separation of 15 feet.
7. 7.
  Maintenance and irrigation requirements per A.7 above shall apply.
I.
Screening.
1. 1.
  Generally. The height of the screening shall be determined by the Director of Planning. Screening shall be accomplished by one or more of the following means:
  1. a.
    Building design;
  2. b.
    Durable architectural walls or fences of comparable materials to the principal building and designed to be compatible to the principal building; or
  3. c.
    Landscaped berms or other landforms which are part of, or appear to be part of, the natural terrain.
2. 2.
  View of Loading and Outside Storage Areas.
  1. a.
    Screening of View. Loading and outside storage areas shall be screened from view of:
    i.
    Adjacent property on which loading areas or outside storage areas are not permitted;
    ii.
    Property within the A District designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential uses;
    iii.
    Roads, not including limited access roads and roads in EG and WD Districts which do not, or are not intended to, accommodate through traffic movements.
  2. b.
    Minimize View. Views of loading and outside storage areas shall be minimized from limited access roads through site and architectural design, topography, landscaping, setbacks or other features.
3. 3.
  Screening of Solid Waste Storage Areas.
  1. a.
    Where Required. Solid waste storage areas (garbage cans, trash compactors, dumpsters, recycling containers, etc.) shall be screened from view of adjacent property or roads. Screening shall be achieved by a masonry or concrete wall constructed of comparable materials to, and designed to be compatible with, the building that the solid waste storage area serves.
  2. b.
    Required Height. Height of screening shall be sufficient to screen the solid waste appurtenance.
  3. c.
    Materials. Where access doors are used, they shall be steel framed and built of durable opaque materials.
  4. d.
    Servicing Hours Limitations. Solid waste storage areas located within 1,000 feet of a Residential District shall not be serviced between the hours of 9 p.m. and 6 p.m. A sign, not to exceed six square feet in area, designating the hours during which the solid waste storage areas may be serviced shall be prominently posted.
  5. e.
    Exemptions. Solid waste storage areas in the following locations are exempt from screening requirements:
    i.
    Garbage can and recycling container areas that serve individual residential dwellings;
    ii.
    Property zoned EG and WD that is adjacent to EG and WD zoned property; and
    iii.
    Roads in EG and WD Districts that do not accommodate, and are not intended to accommodate, through traffic.

19.2-42 Parking

Purpose: This Section establishes parking and loading requirements for land uses to:

Reduce traffic hazards and excessive levels of congestion on surrounding streets;
Minimize the impact of driveways on the street system;
Reduce conflicts between motor vehicles and other forms of transportation;
Encourage pedestrian access and alternative modes of transportation;
Address vehicle parking, loading, and access issues;
Provide options for the provision of adequate parking; and
Further the County’s environmental goals such as stormwater management, clean air, and reduction of the heat island effect of expansive impervious surfaces.

A.
Applicability. The parking and loading requirements of this Section apply to any new structure or use, any increase in intensity of use, including an addition to or enlargement of an existing structure, or a change of existing use.
B.
Generally.
1. 1.
  Parking Serving Non-Residential Uses in Residential Districts. Parking areas of five or more spaces that serve non-residential uses in Residential Districts shall conform to the parking setback and perimeter landscaping requirements of the NB District (Base).
2. 2.
  Parking Required Prior to Occupancy. The County will not issue an occupancy permit until the required number of parking spaces is provided.
3. 3.
  Required On-Site Parking. Unless otherwise stated, sufficient on-site parking areas shall be provided on the premises in connection with, and accessory to, each use.
4. 4.
  Uses Not Listed. For a use not listed in Table 19.2-42.1 below, parking requirements shall be based upon requirements for the most similar listed use, as determined by the Director of Planning.
5. 5.
  Off-Site Parking.
  1. a.
    Location. Required parking may be located off-site if:
    i.
    The parking is adjacent to the site;
    ii.
    Parking is within 300 feet and connected by a pedestrian accommodation; or
    iii.
    An accessible structured parking facility is within 800 feet of the use and connected by a pedestrian accommodation.
  2. b.
    Agreement Document. A project may meet their parking requirement through off-site parking at a separate parking lot, not part of the project, subject to the following standards:
    i.
    The arrangement shall be enforced through a written agreement among all the owners or long-term lessees of the property containing the spaces;
    ii.
    The agreement shall be submitted to the Director of Planning for review and approval before execution;
    iii.
    No approved parking agreement shall be cancelled without the consent of the Director of Planning;
    iv.
    An attested copy of the approved and executed agreement shall be recorded with the Clerk of the Circuit Court before site plan approval for any use to be served by the off-site parking; and,
    v.
    The agreement shall run with the land and will bind the heirs, successors, and assignees of the landowner. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of this Chapter.
  3. c.
    Structured (Decked) Parking. Structured parking may serve multiple on or off-site users. Up to 20% of required parking spaces in a parking structure may be designated for use by compact cars, where such spaces may be reduced to a width of eight feet and a depth of 16 feet.
  4. d.
    Shared Parking. Developments shall provide parking spaces based on the collective sum of the calculation for each use. Through plans review, a reduction in the required number of spaces may be granted if the Director of Planning determines that uses will have different time demands, or other unique circumstances support the reduction.
6. 6.
  Common Parking. Parking may be allowed on a common lot or lots if developed with, and located within, the same project. This may include guest/visitor parking. A homeowners' association (HOA), property owners' association (POA), or other entity shall be responsible for the maintenance of such lots.
7. 7.
  On-Street Parking. Any parking space provided within a public right-of-way or private street in any zoning district may count towards minimum parking required for a project if the street is at least 32 feet wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb.
8. 8.
  Residential Garages and Driveways.
  1. a.
    Garage Dimensions. For residential uses, interior garage dimensions shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide by 19 feet deep cleared vehicle area (exclusive of obstructions such as stairs, landings, or door swings), with a minimum eight-foot-wide garage door in order to be counted toward parking requirements. Each garage space shall count as 0.5 spaces towards the required parking.
  2. b.
    Driveway Dimensions. For residential uses, driveway parking spaces shall be at least nine feet wide by 20 feet deep. Each driveway space shall count as 1.0 spaces towards the required parking.
  3. c.
    Garage and Driveway Parking Calculation.
    i.
    Tandem parking, where two spaces are arranged such that one space is positioned directly in front of another space and one vehicle must be moved to access the other, shall count as 1.5 spaces.
    ii.
    In no circumstance shall any combination of garage and/or driveway be counted as meeting more than the required parking for a unit.
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
C.
Required Parking Spaces.
1. 1.
  Table 19.2-42.1 lists minimum parking requirements for various uses.
2. 2.
  The Director of Planning shall determine requirements for off-street loading spaces based on frequency of deliveries, types of delivery vehicles, nature of the business, product delivered, or other factors.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

1. 3.
  Special Circumstances for Parking Reductions.
  1. a.
    Transit Stop Connection. Multi-family developments may have the number of required parking spaces reduced by 5% for units located within 1,320 feet of an established transit stop if the development is connected to such stop by a sidewalk or shared use path.
  2. b.
    Bicycle Storage. Within a non-residential development or multi-family dwelling units adjacent to a required bikeway, the number of parking spaces may be reduced by one for each six bicycle storage spaces, with a maximum reduction of five spaces and provided a minimum of five parking spaces shall be provided.
  3. c.
    Ridesharing. To facilitate the use of ridesharing or paratransit, required parking for nonresidential uses or mixed-use communities in the NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts is reduced by 5% for developments that provide designated areas with and associated stacking spaces.
D.
Required Stacking Spaces. Stacking spaces shall be provided for a use having drive-through facilities or uses having drop-off and pick-up areas. Stacking spaces shall be provided as outlined in Table 19.2-42.2.
1. 1.
  Stacking Space Size and Design. Stacking spaces shall be separated from internal drives with raised medians for traffic movement or safety, as deemed necessary at the time of site plan review. Stacking spaces shall be designed so as not to impede on- or off-site traffic movement or access to parking spaces. Stacking spaces shall be 18 feet long.

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

E.
Parking Design Standards.
1. 1.
  Parking Space Size and Design.
  1. a.
    Parking spaces shall be of a shape, location and design so as to be effectively usable. Paved parking spaces shall be legibly striped.
  2. b.
    Standard paved spaces shall be nine feet wide and 18 feet long.
  3. c.
    Size and location of handicapped spaces is based on building code standards.
  4. d.
    Parallel Parking.
    i.
    Paved parallel parking shall be seven feet wide and 22 feet long and striped with four inch-wide white lines perpendicular to the curb or edge of pavement.
    ii.
    Striping will not be required in districts with only residential uses.
    iii.
    In residential developments where parallel parking is provided between driveways, such spaces shall be a minimum of seven feet wide and 18 feet long.
  5. e.
    Gravel or unpaved overflow parking spaces shall be 10 feet wide and 20 feet long.
2. 2.
  Drive Dimensions. Unless otherwise stated in this Chapter, drive dimensions shall be as outlined in Table 19.2-42.3.

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

F.
Parking Surface. Except as stated below, parking shall be paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material, excluding surface treatment.
1. 1.
  Farm and agritourism uses shall be exempt from parking surface area treatment requirements.
2. 2.
  The following parking areas require a minimum surface depth of six inches of No. 21 or No. 21A stone or similar materials as may be approved at time of plan review:
  1. a.
    Any non-farm or non-agritourism use within an A District with four spaces or less;
  2. b.
    Single-family residential serving an individual dwelling unit;
  3. c.
    For sale or lease agricultural equipment and track-mounted equipment stored or displayed;
  4. d.
    Temporary vehicle storage in motor vehicle tow lots;
  5. e.
    Recreational equipment storage yards including those located within a self-storage facility or residential amenity space; and
  6. f.
    Uses in EG Districts except for employee or visitor parking areas.
3. 3.
  In lieu of concrete, bituminous concrete, or similar material excluding surface treatment, overflow parking areas may be surfaced with landscaped porous pavement systems, such as grassed cellular paving, grass over a structural liner, or other equivalent material if the area is:
  1. a.
    Permanently delineated and restricted to automobile use, and
  2. b.
    Accessed solely through required parking areas which are paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material excluding surface treatment.
G.
Edging and Drainage.
1. 1.
  Edging for Paved Parking. Except as detailed in the Environmental Engineering Department's Reference Manual and as outlined below, concrete curb and gutter shall be installed around the perimeter of parking areas paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material excluding surface treatment. At time of plan review, the following alternatives may be approved:
  1. a.
    Curbing material of similar quality, such as brick or cobblestone; or
  2. b.
    In the Upper Swift Creek Watershed where low impact development practices are used, alternative means of defining pavement edges.
2. 2.
  Edging for Other Parking Areas in F.2 and F.3 Above. Except as detailed in the Environmental Engineering Department's Reference Manual, the perimeter of other parking areas shall be delineated by permanent means such as bumper blocks, railroad ties, timbers with minimum end dimensions of six inches by eight inches, or similar treatment. Delineation materials shall be permanently secured to the ground with a minimum of two re-bars, pavement, or other feature.
3. 3.
  Drainage. Parking area drainage shall be designed so as not to interfere with pedestrian traffic.
H.
Bicycle Storage Space Standards. Where the required number of parking spaces is reduced as provided in C.3.c. above, the following standards shall be met:
1. 1.
  Bicycle storage areas shall be of a shape, location and design so as to be effectively usable;
2. 2.
  Storage spaces shall be located as close as practicable to building entrances; and
3. 3.
  Storage spaces shall either be located within:
  1. a.
    A parking area, but not on required parking spaces or so as to obstruct vehicular traffic;
  2. b.
    A sidewalk, but not so as to obstruct pedestrian traffic; or
  3. c.
    Another area as may be approved through plan review.
I.
Parking Demand Management (PDM) Plan Requirements.
1. 1.
  Preparation. A PDM plan must be prepared by a qualified professional with demonstrated experience in transportation planning, traffic engineering, or comparable field.
2. 2.
  When Required. To reduce the required parking outlined in Table 19.2-42.1, submittal of a PDM plan is required.
3. 3.
  A PDM plan must determine:
  1. a.
    The anticipated travel demand for the project;
  2. b.
    How the anticipated travel demand for the project will be met on-site or off-site, including:
    i.
    Number of on-street vehicle parking spaces, off-street vehicle parking spaces, or shared vehicle parking arrangements;
    ii.
    Number of short-term and long-term bicycle parking spaces; and
    iii.
    Accommodations for pedestrians, cyclists, motorists, transit riders, and the mobility-impacted.
  3. c.
    The strategies that will be employed to reduce single-occupancy vehicle trips, reduce vehicle miles travelled by site users, and promote transportation alternatives such as walking, cycling, ridesharing, and transit; and
  4. d.
    The modal share objectives that will be sought from the implementation of PDM strategies.
4. 4.
  PDM Strategies. Examples of PDM strategies include:
  1. a.
    Walking, cycling, ridesharing, and transit promotion and education;
  2. b.
    Parking cash-out programs or unbundled parking/market rate pricing;
  3. c.
    Shared parking arrangements;
  4. d.
    Enhanced bicycle parking and services (above the minimum required);\
  5. e.
    Support for car-share and bike-share services and facilities;
  6. f.
    Carpooling or vanpooling programs or benefits;
  7. g.
    Free or subsidized transit passes, transit-to-work shuttles, or enhanced transit facilities (such as bus shelters);
  8. h.
    Guaranteed ride home (GRH) programs;
  9. i.
    Provision for alternative work schedules (i.e. flextime, compressed work week, staggered shifts, telecommuting); and
  10. j.
    Promotion of "live near your work" programs.

19.2-43 Signs

Purpose: This Section regulates publicly visible displays or graphics, protects and enhances the character of roads and surrounding areas, prevents diminishing property values by avoiding oversized and cluttered signs, safeguards the public use and nature of roads, and minimizes motorist distractions. The standards are content neutral, which means that signs are regulated by their physical characteristics and not by their message. The standards:

Promote maximum sign legibility;
Prevent over-concentration and excessive height, bulk, brightness, and area of signs;
Promote safety by requiring that signs not create a hazard due to collapse, fire, collision, decay or abandonment, obstruct firefighting or police surveillance, nor create traffic hazards by confusing or distracting motorists or by impairing a driver's ability to see pedestrians, obstacles or other vehicles, or to read traffic signs; and
Allow persons flexibility in using signs as a means of communication - for example, to express opinions, identify destinations, and advertise businesses.

A.
Applicability.
1. 1.
  Generally. This Section applies to any sign located exterior to a building or structure and visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent property, or any sign affixed to a building window or hung from a window frame, visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent property, unless specifically exempted below.
2. 2.
  Message Substitution. A noncommercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for the message displayed on any sign which conforms to this Section without consideration of message content. The sign owner may substitute a message without any additional approval, permitting, registration or notice. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech or favoring of any particular noncommercial message over any other noncommercial message. Whenever a zoning lot or a building facade has not used all of its permissible sign area, then the unused portion may be used for the display of signs displaying noncommercial messages. Any on-site commercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any other on-site commercial message, except where off-site signs are allowed.
3. 3.
  Exemptions. The following are exempt from this Section, and the County finds that these exemptions are necessary to prevent hazardous traffic or life safety situations:
  1. a.
    Signs posted by, or required to be posted by any government or governmental agency.
  2. b.
    Signs posted by any government or government agency solely for traffic control, public safety, or hazard warnings.
B.
Prohibited Signs. The following are prohibited:
1. 1.
  Unless specifically allowed, changeable copy signs;
2. 2.
  Sound or smoke-producing signs;
3. 3.
  Moving signs or copy intended to attract attention, regardless of whether or not the sign has a written message or whether all or any part of it moves by means such as rotating, fluttering, or movement of the atmosphere. This prohibition includes pennants but does not include flags or routine operation of the hands of a clock;
4. 4.
  Commercial signs held or carried to attract attention;
5. 5.
  Persons dressed in costumes and acting to attract attention to a commercial activity;
6. 6.
  Attention-getting devices such as rope lights around windows and search lights;
7. 7.
  Attention-getting devices such as pennants, streamers, balloons, or inflatable devices of any configuration acting to attract attention to any use other than noncommercial activity at a residential use;
8. 8.
  Signs with lights creating a moving or traveling effect, flashing lights, intermittent lights or lights with changing degrees of intensity, excluding copy on computer-controlled variable message electronic (EMC) signs which may fade as transition to next copy;
9. 9.
  Signs falsely implying traffic control, caution, or danger, or which are a copy, imitation of, or likely to be confused with, governmental entity signs;
10. 10.
  Internally lighted canopies or awnings constructed of translucent material;
11. 11.
  Commercial signs on a parked automobile, motor vehicle, tractor-trailer, or trailer when used primarily for the purpose of, and serving the function of, a sign. This does not apply to vehicles parked in the operator's driveway, when loading or unloading, or when parked to the side or rear of a nonresidential building and not visible from adjacent roads;
12. 12.
  Signs greater than 48 square inches on a parked automobile, motor vehicle, tractor-trailer, or trailer, which display a commercial message that is unrelated to an activity or enterprise of the owner or operator of the vehicle or trailer;
13. 13.
  Outdoor advertising signs except as specified in Subsection J (Outdoor Advertising Signs); and
14. 14.
  Signs posted on trees, utility poles, or traffic control devices.
C.
Sign Permits and Approvals.
1. 1.
  Applicability.
  1. a.
    Sign Permit. A sign permit is required for any sign originally built or enlarged in excess of eight square feet, and for any enlargement, structural alteration or modification of these signs other than sign refacing. Temporary signs in excess of eight square feet shall require a sign permit.
  2. b.
    Planning Sign Permit. If a sign permit (subsection 1.a above) is not required, a planning sign permit is required for any:
    i.
    Sign on a vacant lot;
    ii.
    Sign on a lot occupied by a commercial, industrial, or office use;
    iii.
    Sign on property at the entrance to a residential community;
    iv.
    Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment District; and
  3. c.
    Planning Sign Permit Exemption. Off-site signs outlined in I.5.c below.
2. 2.
  Outdoor Advertising Signs.
  1. a.
    The Director of Planning will not approve a permit for a new outdoor advertising sign until:
    i.
    An applicant first applies for, and receives, a demolition permit to demolish one or more existing outdoor advertising sign structures; and
    ii.
    A site inspection confirms that the demolition of existing outdoor advertising sign structures and any related debris removal is complete.
  2. b.
    The sign owner may apply for a sign permit to build a new outdoor advertising sign structure and the application shall be approved if:
    i.
    The owner has demolished one or more existing outdoor advertising sign structures as outlined above;
    ii.
    The sign is in a Sign Modernization Area (SMA); and
    iii.
    The sign complies with subsection J (Outdoor Advertising Signs).
  3. c.
    The Director of Planning may issue a permit to modernize an existing outdoor advertising sign structure located in an SMA if that sign structure complies with this section.
3. 3.
  Comprehensive Sign Package for NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, WD Districts. Prior to the first site plan approval for a development, a comprehensive sign package for all proposed signs shall be submitted to the Planning Department for approval. The sign package shall include information necessary to ensure compliance with this Chapter, such as, but not limited to, conceptual sign renderings or descriptions with sizes, lighting, and general locations. All signs shall conform to the following:
  1. a.
    Letter style and graphic display of signs shall be similar;
  2. b.
    Area, location, and material of signs shall substantially conform to building and site design;
  3. c.
    Freestanding sign structures shall be similar;
  4. d.
    A single type of building-mounted display shall be used;
  5. e.
    Background colors of sign boxes shall be similar; and
  6. f.
    Other than the primary sign, signs for each individual use shall have the same background color which shall be one of the colors of the primary sign.
4. 4.
  Sign and Planning Sign Permit Applications. Except for outdoor advertising signs, a single application may be made for multiple signs as follows:
  1. a.
    Signs within a single project; and
  2. b.
    Temporary signs on multiple properties.
5. 5.
  Permit Display. For freestanding signs outlined in Subsections H (Freestanding Signs) and J (Outdoor Advertising Signs) that require a sign permit, the permit number and date of issuance shall be permanently affixed so as to be clearly legible from the ground.
D.
General Regulations. Unless otherwise provided, the following regulations apply to all signs and are in addition to other regulations contained in this section:
1. 1.
  Except as otherwise specified in this section, commercial signs shall be related to the premises.
2. 2.
  Signs shall be constructed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Statewide Building Code.
3. 3.
  Signs shall be kept structurally safe, clean in appearance and maintained in good condition and repair.
4. 4.
  Signs shall not obstruct an opening intended to provide light, air, or building ingress or egress.
5. 5.
  Freestanding signs shall not overhang any portion of a building or property line.
6. 6.
  Signs shall not unreasonably obstruct the view of other signs from roads.
7. 7.
  Sign position, location, shape and color shall not interfere with, obstruct the view of, or cause confusion with, a traffic sign, traffic signal, or other traffic control device. Location of signs shall not interfere with lines of sight at points of ingress/egress and intersections.
8. 8.
  Sign lighting shall not impair a driver’s vision, obstruct police surveillance, or cause direct glare into or upon, property other than that on which the sign is located.
9. 9.
  Signs shall not obstruct firefighting access.
10. 10.
  For signs requiring a sign permit, a survey prepared by a registered civil engineer or surveyor certifying the location, height, and area of the sign shall be submitted following erection of the sign, if requested by the planning department.
11. 11.
  Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, signs shall be permanent.
12. 12.
  Except for temporary signs, within 60 days after the advertised use or activity ceases, a sign shall be removed or replaced with a blank face, unless a shorter time is specified in this chapter. In addition, six (6) months after a freestanding sign has ceased to be used for a permitted advertisement the sign shall be removed, unless a shorter time is specified in this chapter. Temporary signs shall be removed after the advertised use or activity ceases or after the permitted display period has ended, whichever is sooner.
E.
Sign Setbacks.
1. 1.
  VDOT Right-of-Way. In addition to the signs outlined in Subsection 2 below, the following signs may be placed within the right-of-way if approved by the Virginia Department of Transportation:
  1. a.
    Signs posted by, on behalf of, or with permission of, a governmental agency or public utility;
  2. b.
    Noncommercial signs within a median strip at the entrances to residential, nonresidential, or mixed-use communities;
  3. c.
    Temporary banners across a road in VO or UCO Districts related to a noncommercial activity within the Districts; and
  4. d.
    Other signs allowed by this Chapter when located within a right-of-way expanded solely to accommodate a bikeway required by Sec. 19.2-45.
2. 2.
  Road Setbacks. Except where expressly stated, signs shall meet the following requirements:
  1. a.
    Generally. Except as outlined below, setbacks are measured from the existing right-of-way. If a sign is allowed within an ultimate right-of-way shown in the Comprehensive Plan, or an existing right-of-way, the owner shall relocate the sign to conform to the setback requirements when the road is widened. Signs shall conform to the following setbacks:
    i.
    Except as outlined in subsection ii below, signs shall be set back as follows:
    (A)
    In the VO or UCO Districts, five feet from the right-of-way; or
    (B)
    In other areas, 20 feet from the edge of the pavement or face of curb as applicable, but in no case less than one foot from the right-of-way.
    ii.
    Along the following roads, signs may be located within the ultimate right-of-way shown in the Comprehensive Plan if the right-of-way is dedicated (free and unrestricted) to the County. The applicant shall obtain either a license agreement from the Board of Supervisors or a permit from VDOT, as applicable. A minimum setback of 20 feet from the edge of the pavement or face of the curb, as applicable, is required for the sign:
    (A)
    Route 60 between the Powhatan County line and Winterfield Road;
    (B)
    Route 60 between Old Buckingham Road and the Richmond corporate limits;
    (C)
    Route 360;
    (D)
    Route 10 between the Richmond corporate limits and Buckingham Street;
    (E)
    Route 10 between Route 1 and the Hopewell corporate limits;
    (F)
    Huguenot Road;
    (G)
    Courthouse Road between Route 60 and Route 360;
    (H)
    Harrowgate Road; and
    (I)
    Route 1.
3. 3.
  Other Property Line Setbacks. Signs shall be set back 15 feet from all other property lines.
4. 4.
  Outdoor Advertising Signs. See Subsection K (Outdoor Advertising Signs).
F.
Lighting.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    Lighting shall be arranged and installed so that the light source is not visible from adjacent roads, adjacent Residential Districts, or adjacent A property designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential use.
  2. b.
    Lighting shall not blink, fluctuate, or move.
2. 2.
  Hours Limitations for Sign Lighting in Residential Districts and on Agriculturally Zoned Property Designated in the Comprehensive Plan for Residential Use. Excluding residential community entrance signs or signs serving public parks, schools, or religious institutions, nonresidential use signs shall not be lighted between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.
3. 3.
  External Sign Lighting. External lighting shall be limited to white lighting in spots or floods which are concealed or screened from view. If external lighting is used, internal lighting is not allowed. Incidental building lighting is not considered external sign lighting.
4. 4.
  Internal Sign Lighting. Internal lighting shall be contained within translucent copy or internally illuminated sign boxes. Sign box internal lighting is restricted to the sign face. If internal lighting is used, external lighting is not allowed.
5. 5.
  Temporary Sign Lighting Prohibited. A temporary sign shall not use internal or external lighting.
G.
Building-Mounted Signs.
1. 1.
  Measurement. Sign area is measured by the following:
  1. a.
    Projecting Sign. The area of a rectangle or square encompassing the extreme limits of each individual sign face, including all background visible from any direction at any one time;
  2. b.
    Canopy or Awning Sign. The area of the surface upon which the sign copy is located;
  3. c.
    Other Building-Mounted Signs. The area of a rectangle, square, circle, triangle, or combination encompassing the extreme limits of copy.
2. 2.
  General requirements for building-mounted signs in A, NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Designated for Nonresidential Use in the Comprehensive Plan.
  1. a.
    If the side or rear lot line adjoins a Residential District, or Agriculturally zoned property designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential use, no building-mounted sign shall be visible from such property unless the sign is located a minimum of 150 feet from such property.
  2. b.
    The color of a sign’s raceway shall match that of the building face on which the sign is mounted.
  3. c.
    Except as provided for a flag, building-mounted signs shall not project above the building’s roofline or parapet wall. A roofline or parapet wall shall not be artificially extended to accommodate signage.
  4. d.
    A projecting sign shall not extend more than six feet from the building, roof, or canopy to which it is attached, exceed a face-to-face thickness of eight inches, or exceed the height of the fascia or parapet wall. The sign shall be attached so as to maintain a minimum clearance of 10 feet above grade.
  5. e.
    Allowed building-mounted signage may be placed on a drive-through canopy fascia. The area of a drive-through canopy fascia shall be included in determining total building-mounted signage unless the color of the fascia is one of the following colors, excluding the color of any sign copy:
    i.
    Black;
    ii.
    White; or
    iii.
    A significant accent color of the building.
3. 3.
  Building-Mounted Sign Area in A, NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Designated for Non-residential Use in the Comprehensive Plan.
  1. a.
    Determination of Building or Tenant Wall Area. The area of allowed signage shall be based upon the building or tenant exterior wall area, which is determined by multiplying the building facade width by the height of the lowest roofline.
  2. b.
    Determination of Allowed Signage.
    i.
    Length of Signage. Under no circumstances shall the collective length of building-mounted signs on a building or tenant face exceed 70% of the length of the building or tenant face, as applicable.
    ii.
    Area of Signage. Allowed signage shall not exceed 10% of the tenant's leasable building wall square footage, or 450 square feet, whichever is less. This limit applies to each tenant. Square footage cannot be transferred from one tenant of a structure to another tenant in the same structure. In a multi-tenant building, the maximum square footage of all building-mounted signs is allocated by tenant with leasable building wall square footage along each building facade.
    iii.
    Buildings with Multiple Facades. Buildings with multiple facades are limited to the sign area allowed by the smallest two visible facades. Square footage may be transferred from one facade to another so long as the total allowed signage for a facade is not exceeded.
4. 4.
  Other Building-Mounted Signage. The following signs shall be allowed and shall not be included in the allowed aggregate area of building-mounted signs allowed in Sub-item G.3 above:
  1. a.
    Door and Window Signs. Signs mounted on, or externally visible through, a door or window, not to exceed 25% of the total window or door area on the face of the building on the first floor through which the sign is visible, shall be allowed, provided the view into the establishment from the bottom half of the door or window shall not contain signage. No more than 5% of total window or door area may be a lighted sign. In total, lighted and un-lighted door and window-mounted signage may not exceed 25% of total window or door area.
  2. b.
    Under Canopy Signs. One under-canopy sign not to exceed eight square feet shall be allowed in front of each tenant’s main entrance.
  3. c.
    Noncommercial Flag. Up to two noncommercial flags each not to exceed 24 square feet may be allowed on poles above the roofline. Such poles shall not project beyond the façade of the building, extend no more than 15 feet from the roofline and in no case exceed maximum permitted height of building upon which located.
5. 5.
  Building-Mounted Signage on Property with Residential as Principal Use.
  1. a.
    Except for signs for multi-family projects, signs shall not be internally illuminated.
  2. b.
    Building-mounted signs shall not project above a building’s roofline.
  3. c.
    Single-family dwelling units and townhouse units shall be allowed one square foot of signage for each unit.
  4. d.
    Multi-family projects shall be allowed 300 square feet of building-mounted signage per building.

Freestanding Signs.

1.
Number. Except where specifically stated, a project shall be limited to one freestanding sign. The same limitation shall apply to a single property outside of a project. In the NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, AND WD Districts, additional freestanding signs may be allowed under the following circumstances:
1. a.
  For property with a commercial, industrial, office, or governmental use having frontage exceeding 600 linear feet along an arterial road and more than one entrance from such road, the allowed freestanding signage along such road may be shared among two freestanding signs provided signs are separated by a minimum of 200 linear feet and placed at or near separate entrances. Such signs shall be consistent in character and style.
2. b.
  Property fronting two or more roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan shall be allowed along each such road one freestanding sign conforming to the size and height limitations below. Signs along a collector road shall not be externally lighted nor include changeable copy, except that signs for a property with a governmental use may include changeable copy.
3. c.
  Property developed with or used for a government building or facility shall not be subject to a maximum number of freestanding signs, and these signs may be placed in a location that best allows for communication of information to the public based on the unique layout of the property.
2.
Measurement.
1. a.
  Area. The area of a sign shall be that of a rectangle, circle, triangle, or combination encompassing the extreme limits of copy. The area of a two- or more-sided sign, where the interior angle between the sides exceeds 90 degrees, is the sum of the area of the copy on all sides. The sign square footage for a project with multiple tenants sharing common building entrances may be increased by 10 square feet.
2. b.
  Height. Except as stated below, sign height is the vertical distance from grade level to the top of the sign copy:
  1. i.
    The height of a sign installed on an artificially created berm, mound, or similar feature includes the height of that feature; or
  2. ii.
    The height of the sign adjacent to the road and installed below the grade of the nearest travel lane is the vertical distance from the lane grade to the top of the sign copy.
  3. iii.
    Architectural elements enclosing the top area of copy are allowed if the element height does not exceed 25% of the allowable sign height.
3.
Sign Structure. Except for temporary signs, freestanding sign structures shall either be covered with a material having a similar color and finish to the principal building, be covered with a material and primary color used elsewhere on the sign, or be an architectural detail such as a column or a decorative wall. Except as allowed for outdoor advertising signs, signs shall be either a monument sign, cladded pole sign or be a sign composed of architectural design having building columns, roof or building cap with a supporting base.
4.
Landscaping. Except for signs located within areas that were paved as of April 25, 2001, or signs outlined in Subsections H.5 and I, the base of freestanding signs shall be landscaped with groundcover, shrubs and trees consistent with site landscaping. The landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy condition, kept clear of debris and any dead or dying materials replaced. For monument signs those features may be included within a planting box or similar features compatible with sign. Landscaping shall be equal to a minimum of 1.5 square feet for each square foot of sign and evenly distributed around base of sign or as otherwise approved by the director of planning.

Dimensional Standards. Except as otherwise allowed in this section, the following freestanding signs shall meet the requirements outlined in Table 19.2-43.1.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

1. 6.
  Additional Freestanding Signs. The signs below are allowed in addition to other signs allowed by this section.
  1. a.
    Freestanding Sign at Entrances to Projects in NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Two on-site signs, each up to four square feet and a height of five feet, are allowed at each road entrance to a project. Signs are limited to two colors, one for lettering and one for background. Only internal lighting is allowed.
  2. b.
    Freestanding Signs at Entrances to Establishments in NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Located Outside a Shopping Center or Business Park that Share Access to a Road. Where two establishments are required by the Transportation Department to share access to a road, each establishment is allowed one sign, either on- or off-site, along the shared access. Each sign shall not exceed four square feet and a height of five feet.
  3. c.
    Freestanding Off-Site Signs for Specific Public and Semi-Public Places. Assembly uses exceeding 10,000 square feet gross floor area, hospitals on greater than 25 acres, transit uses, or other public uses without a direct entrance to an arterial road is allowed one off-site sign. If the signs are located on a major arterial road, two signs are allowed on opposite sides of that road. Signs shall not exceed seven square feet and a height of seven feet.
  4. d.
    Drive-Through Facility Stacking Lane Signs. Adjacent to each stacking lane, two signs are allowed if they are not legible off-site. Signs are limited to six feet in height. The maximum cumulative area of these signs is 45 square feet. Computer-controlled variable message electronic (EMC) copy that conforms to this subsection and is not visible from roads may be incorporated.
  5. e.
    Establishments Accommodating Orders from Parking Spaces or Fueling Stations. One sign, not to exceed four square feet, is allowed adjacent to each space or station. The sign shall be attached to columns supporting a canopy.
  6. f.
    Fuel Dispenser or Electric Charging Equipment Mounted Signs. Eight square feet of signs, attached to, or immediately above, each fuel dispenser or electric charger is allowed. One square foot may be a digital video screen.
  7. g.
    Entertainment, Recreational, or Athletic Facility Signs. Signs interior to an entertainment, recreational, or athletic facility that have copy visible only within that facility do not count towards the number or area of signs allowed for that facility elsewhere in this section. Where a sign has copy visible from off-site it counts towards the facility-allowed signs and is subject to all applicable regulations of this section.
  8. h.
    Flags. In addition to allowed freestanding signs, flags shall be allowed subject to the following:
    i.
    Area shall not exceed the square foot limitations for a allowed freestanding sign.
    ii.
    Height. See Sec. 19.2-32-20 (Accessory Uses Permitted With Restrictions).
    iii.
    The area of any allowed freestanding sign shall be reduced by the total area of all commercial flags.
    iv.
    A maximum of one commercial flag shall be allowed on each pole.
    v.
    A noncommercial flag shall not be included in the calculation of signage on a property.
  9. i.
    Changeable Copy Signs. See Sec. 19.2-32-39 (Accessory Uses Permitted With Restrictions).
I.
Temporary Signs. Temporary signs are those signs which are not permanently affixed to the ground or a structure, and are designed or constructed such that they can be readily removed or relocated.
1. 1.
  Size and Duration of Display.
  1. a.
    Temporary signs shall not exceed 32 square feet in area and seven feet in height, unless otherwise indicated below.
  2. b.
    Temporary signs shall not be displayed for more than 120 days in one calendar year, unless otherwise indicated below.
2. 2.
  NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts and Property in a Residential District with a Nonresidential Use. Property in a NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD District or property in a residential district with a nonresidential use is allowed:
  1. a.
    Two temporary signs, plus one sign for each 500 linear feet of road frontage in excess of 1,000 feet, up to a total of four signs.
  2. b.
    Two building-mounted banners, each up to the greater of 50 square feet in area of 15 percent of the building or tenant wall face where the banner is mounted.
3. 3.
  A District. On property in an A District, one temporary sign is allowed, plus one additional sign for parcels with more than 250 linear feet of road frontage. A zoning lot fronting two or more roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan shall be allowed such signage along each road.
4. 4.
  Vacant Properties in Residential Districts. One temporary commercial sign, not to exceed 16 square feet, shall be allowed.
5. 5.
  Developed Properties in Residential Districts.
  1. a.
    One noncommercial temporary sign at each entrance to a residential community.
  2. b.
    Noncommercial temporary signs, which shall not exceed 24 square feet in aggregate area. Each sign shall not exceed six square feet in area and five feet in height.
  3. c.
    One temporary sign advertising an off-site commercial message. Sign shall not exceed six square feet in area and five feet in height. Time period of display shall not exceed seven days in one calendar year.
6. 6.
  VO and UCO Districts.
  1. a.
    One noncommercial banner, not to exceed 250 square feet in area, shall be allowed across a road.
  2. b.
    Uses which do not utilize a freestanding sign and directly abut a road or parking lot shall be allowed one sidewalk sign, not to exceed six square feet in area and three feet in height. The signs shall be located within sidewalks or other hardscaped areas, but neither within right-of-way nor placed to obstruct free movement of pedestrians or wheelchairs. These signs shall be placed directly adjacent to the use they serve during hours of operation for the use. Such signs shall be allowed in addition to any other temporary signs allowed.
J.
Outdoor Advertising Signs.
1. 1.
  Nonconformity. Existing legally nonconforming outdoor advertising signs in existence prior to July 24, 2019, remain nonconforming under this Chapter and are subject to the nonconformity provisions under this Chapter and the Code of Virginia. However, an outdoor advertising sign located within a designated Sign Modernization Area (SMA) shall be considered to be conforming provided that such sign complies with this Chapter.
2. 2.
  Limitation on Number of Outdoor Advertising Signs. The total number of outdoor advertising sign structures allowed under this ordinance shall be 81 determined by the number of such signs existing as of July 24, 2019. The number of outdoor advertising signs shall in no case exceed this cap. The Director of Planning shall maintain a database of all outdoor advertising signs including the owners of such signs. The intention of this Section is to encourage owners to demolish existing nonconforming outdoor advertising signs and construct new, modern outdoor advertising signs, in designated SMAs, which will result in more attractive signage throughout the County.
3. 3.
  Sign Modernization Areas. An SMA includes any parcel of real property that is zoned CC, EC, EG or WD, and is located along and visible from the main traveled way of designated roads, or portion thereof, as provided in Table 19.2-43.2. Any designated SMA shall be identified on the zoning map and such area shall allow for new outdoor advertising signs and for existing outdoor advertising signs to become conforming in accordance with this Chapter. Each SMA is based upon the designated road the sign would face and from which it is intended to be viewed and the boundaries established along the road where the signs are to be located.
4. 4.
  Ordinance Subject to Expiration. In addition to the overall purpose of this Section, this Section that modernizes and improve outdoor advertising signs through standards that enhance the overall attractiveness of signs in the County. To that end the provisions of this Section are no longer effective, and outdoor advertising signs are no longer allowed, unless at least 25 outdoor advertising signs located in SMAs on Routes 1, 10, 60, and 360 are modernized or replaced to be in compliance with this Section prior to July 24, 2026. Any sign modernized, or new sign installed, in accordance with this Section is considered legally conforming and remains subject to these provisions. Legally nonconforming signs in existence prior to the adoption of this Section remain subject to the nonconformity provisions under this Chapter and the Code of Virginia.

Table 19.2-43.2 Sign Modernization Areas
Road Sign Facing	SMA Boundary	Maximum Number of Signs per SMA [1]
Route 150	Midlothian Tnpk. To Rt. 360	2
Route 150	Rt. 1 to I-95	2
Route 60	Rt. 150 to Providence Rd.	5
	Providence Rd. to Rt. 76	5
	Rt. 76 to Courthouse Rd.	5
Route 360	Rt. 150 to Turner Rd.	5
	Pocoshock Creek to Oxbridge Rd	3
	Courthouse Rd. to Price Club Blvd.	1
	Price Club Blvd. to Rt. 288.	5
	Skinquarter Rd. to Magnolia Green Pkwy.	1
	Magnolia Green Parkway to Amelia County line	5
River Road / Chesterfield Ave.	Granger St. to Hickory Rd	2
Route 1	Richmond City line to Bellwood Rd	4
	Willis Rd. to Rt. 288	4
	Weir Rd. to Old Bermuda Hundred Rd.	2
	Ashton Creek to Colonial Heights City line	8
Route 10	Rt. 1 to Ware Bottom Spring Rd.	4
Route 10	I-295 to Hopewell City Line	6
Route 288	Hull Street Rd. to Rt. 76	1
Route 288	I-95 to Chester Rd.	1
Interstate 95	Richmond City line to Colonial Heights City line	20
Interstate 295	South from Meadowville Rd. interchange to Enon Church Rd.	2
Total Potential Locations	93 [2]
Notes [1] Number shown is the maximum number of signs allowed in the SMA. [2] The overall total for signs allowed within designated areas exceeds that allowed for outdoor advertising signs within the County. This permits flexibility in relocating current sign inventory but does not increase number of signs allowed in the County. The number of signs shall not exceed the number per SMA or the overall density cap of 81 outdoor advertising signs countywide.

K.
Outdoor Advertising Signs Generally. A new outdoor advertising sign is not allowed except as follows:
1. 6.
  Sign is located within a SMA.
2. 7.
  Sign is freestanding and additionally not located on a wall or fence.
3. 8.
  The sign is not a double-stacked or side-by-side sign and does not abut another sign. This does not prohibit a double-faced sign - i.e., sign faces may be generally back-to-back and parallel to each other. The Director of Planning may approve a double-faced sign constructed at an angle to allow visibility of the sign face from the main traveled way of the road.
4. 9.
  Excluding Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295, the sign complies with freestanding sign design requirements and is constructed either as a monument sign or cladded pole sign and further complies with other specific sign design provisions of the area in which located. Signs facing Route 150, and Interstates 95 and 295 not complying with freestanding sign design requirements shall be a monopole steel structure.
5. 10.
  Any new outdoor advertising sign is the result of the sign owner demolishing one existing outdoor sign and placing the new sign in a allowed location within an SMA. Existing signs located within a designated SMA may be modified if they comply with this Section.
6. 11.
  The minimum setbacks are as follows:
  1. a.
    300 feet from property zoned for single-family or townhouse use along the same side of the road;
  2. b.
    500 feet from VO or UCO boundaries, County-owned or operated parks or schools, and any entrances to Residential Districts along the same side of the road;
  3. c.
    100 feet from the exit or entrance ramp of a limited access road or interstate;
  4. d.
    1,000 feet from any other outdoor advertising sign along the same side, except that along Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295 the minimum separation is 500 feet; and
  5. e.
    Except along Interstates 95 and 295, a maximum of 100 feet from the edge of pavement it faces and from which it is designed to be legible. For interstates 95 and 295 the maximum setback is 150 feet.
7. 12.
  Sign does not overhang any right-of-way, property line, building, or structure other than a fence, and where allowed through permit review.
8. 13.
  Sign structures along Interstates 95 and 295 shall not exceed 40 feet in height. Sign structures along any other public road shall not exceed 25 feet in height. The Director of Planning may approve an increase in height of up to 10 feet to avoid a conflict with existing signs.
9. 14.
  Notwithstanding the requirements for freestanding signs outlined in Table 19.2-43.1, the size of any outdoor advertising sign face shall not exceed the following:
  1. a.
    672 square feet along Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295;
  2. b.
    400 square feet along Route 60, 288 and 360; and
  3. c.
    300 square feet along other roads.
10. 15.
  Artistic embellishments may be added to a conforming outdoor advertising sign if they do not exceed 10 percent of the allowed sign area and do not extend further than five feet from the sign structure.
11. 16.
  A sign is considered an on-premises sign and subject to applicable regulations if located on the same property as the specific use or activity advertised.
12. 17.
  The owner of any EMC outdoor advertising sign shall provide to Chesterfield County a 10 second message per minute on the sign.
13. 18.
  An EMC outdoor advertising sign shall comply with all use restrictions applicable to "sign, changeable copy" except that signs greater than 200 square feet and less than 400 square feet shall have a maximum pixel pitch of 16mm, and signs 400 square feet or larger shall have a maximum pixel pitch of 20mm.
14. 19.
  Brightness does not exceed 0.3 foot candles above ambient light as measured at a distance in feet that is the square root of the sign area in square feet multiplied by 100 (Distance from Sign = √Sign Area (sf) x 100).

19.2-44 Stormwater Management

A.
Safety Criteria for All Basins. All basins required by the Director of Environmental Engineering as either a stormwater management facility or a Best Management Practice (BMP) designed as a retention or detention facility for any new development or redevelopment of property shall conform to the following criteria:
1. 1.
  Basin Safety Measures and Dimensions. The following safety measures are required for that portion of each basin that has a side slope above the normal water surface that is steeper than 6:1 over a horizontal distance of 20 feet or more.
  1. a.
    If the basin averages four feet or less in depth and one acre or less in surface area, one of the following safety measures shall be used:
    i.
    safety bench; or
    ii.
    fence which surrounds the basin.
  2. b.
    If the retention basin averages more than four feet in depth or more than one acre in surface area, one of the following safety measures shall be used:
    i.
    both a safety bench and an aquatic bench; or
    ii.
    fence which surrounds the basin.
  3. c.
    Safety benches shall be located at the toe of the slope of the basin and shall be at least 10 feet wide. The slope across the bench shall not exceed 10:1.
  4. d.
    Aquatic benches shall be placed around the perimeter of the permanent pool at the normal water surface elevation, not exceed 12 inches in depth, have a minimum width of 6 feet.
  5. e.
    If a fence is used, the minimum height of the fence shall be six feet; however, the Director of Environmental Engineering may approve a lesser height if satisfactory safety measures have been provided. The fence may be made of a dense vegetative barrier. If the fence is made of a vegetative barrier, it shall be designed and installed in accordance with professionally accepted landscaping practices and procedures. The Director of Environmental Engineering shall approve plans for the vegetative barrier, including the size and description of proposed plant materials. If a vegetative barrier is used, the property owner or developer shall provide to the county a form of surety for the cost of materials and installation for the proposed plant materials. Provisions for maintenance of and access to the fence or vegetative barrier shall be included in the best management practice easement dedication.
  6. f.
    If a basin is located within 100 feet of any dwelling unit, school, childcare center, playground, shopping center, library, hospital, public institution, pedestrian way or similar facility, the Director of Environmental Engineering may require fencing designed to protect the public safety.
  7. g.
    Side slopes. The side slopes above the normal water surface elevation in basins shall be no steeper than 3:1 (horizontal to vertical). If the excavation of the slope to 3:1 will result in the removal of dense vegetation or woodland that is acting to stabilize the slope, the developer may seek an exception from the Director of Environmental Engineering pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed) to leave the slope in its existing condition.
2. 2.
  Perimeter Yards. Basins on property located in an SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or MU District or upon any other property used for residential purposes, schools, child care centers, playgrounds, or within residential subdivisions shall be enclosed by a minimum 50-foot wide vegetative perimeter yard around the basin, measured from the 100-year water surface elevation or the downstream toe of the dam, whichever applies. All basins located within 100 feet of the above-described uses and any pedestrian access ways (i.e. sidewalks, bicycle paths, walkways) shall be separated from those uses by a minimum 50-foot wide vegetative perimeter yard measured from the 100-year water surface elevation or the downstream toe of the dam, whichever applies. Except as modified by the Planning Commission through the site plan process or the Board of Supervisors through the zoning process, retention or detention basins shall not be located within a buffer required by this Chapter or zoning conditions. The perimeter yard shall be designed to provide a horizontal distance and vegetated open space between the basin and the above-listed uses.
3. 3.
  Water and Wastewater Lines. Water or wastewater lines shall not be located within any stormwater management or best management practice facility unless approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering and Utilities.
B.
Exemptions and Exceptions. An applicant may seek an exception from this section pursuant to subsection I in Sec. 19.2-26 (Exemptions and Exceptions - Chesapeake Bay Preservation Areas) and (Nonconforming Uses, Vested Rights and Other Exceptions - Chesapeake Bay Preservation Areas). The exemptions contained subsection H in Sec. 19.2-26 (Exemptions in Resource Protection Areas) apply to this section.
1. 1.
  Nonresidential uses which are located over 100 feet from, and are not adjacent to, SR, SN, SU, TR or UR Districts, or any property used for residential purposes, schools, childcare centers, playgrounds, shopping centers, libraries, hospitals, public institutions or similar facilities are exempt from the provisions of this section.
C.
Visual Aesthetics of Stormwater Management Facility or Best Management Practice Basin. Any stormwater management facility or best management practices basin visible to the public shall be landscaped or otherwise improved so that the facilities are visually enhanced. In addition, fountains (wet ponds), curvilinear pond forms, varied contouring of landforms (dry ponds), or other enhancement methods may be required at the time of plan review. Where fencing is provided, it shall be of an ornamental design. These requirements are in addition to, and shall not interfere with, other requirements for basin design, access or maintenance as determined by the Director of Environmental Engineering.

19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity

Purpose: The purpose of this Section is to:

Maintain or improve the level of service of roads;
Minimize the number of access points to roads;
Promote access sharing and travel between sites;
Encourage connectivity for new developments, both internally to the project and to surrounding properties, to improve public safety response times, reduce travel times and distances between developments, support safe and convenient non-vehicular travel options, and maintain the traffic carrying capacity of roads;
Ensure development occurs at a scale proportionate to the capacity of existing and proposed transportation facilities;
Ensure that appropriate traffic mitigation measures are provided;
Provide pedestrian circulation networks between residential, commercial and recreational areas; and,
Enhance safety and convenience for the public.

A.
Applicability. This Section applies to any site plan or subdivision plat. This Section does not apply to lots recorded or site plans approved prior to January 1, 2026.
B.
Transportation Impacts.
1. 1.
  Functional Road Classification. The Director of Transportation shall determine the functional road classification.
2. 2.
  Maximum Transportation Densities. The Director of Transportation may establish maximum densities to achieve acceptable levels of service, as outlined in this Section.
3. 3.
  Required Improvements. The developer/applicant shall provide improvements to meet the need generated by the development. The Director of Transportation shall determine the improvements necessary to accommodate a development in accordance with, but not limited to, the following:
  1. a.
    The Comprehensive Plan or other planned transportation facilities;
  2. b.
    Maintaining a minimum D level of service based upon a six-year traffic demand projection, after build-out, which may be extended or reduced, as determined by the Director of Transportation or, in designated areas, a level of service no lower than that which currently exists; and
  3. c.
    Safe and efficient access.
4. 4.
  Traffic Impact Analysis. Unless the Director of Transportation approves specific mitigating road improvements without a traffic impact analysis (TIA), a TIA shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Director of Transportation when a development is expected to:
  1. a.
    Significantly impact the transportation network.
  2. b.
    Generate at least 5,000 average daily trips (ADT), based on trip generation rates as defined by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, Trip Generation Manual - latest edition, as amended; or
C.
Ultimate Right-of-Way Width. The ultimate right-of-way shall be the greater of that:
1. 1.
  Shown in the Comprehensive Plan;
2. 2.
  Set of construction plans approved by the Director of Transportation, or;
3. 3.
  As otherwise may be determined by the Director of Transportation at the time of plans review. Unless otherwise determined by the Director of Transportation, it shall be assumed that the road will be widened equally on both sides of the established centerline to the ultimate right-of-way width. For roads not designated in the Comprehensive Plan, the minimum right-of-way width shall be 50 feet, unless otherwise determined by the Director of Transportation.
D.
Circulation.
1. 1.
  Internal Vehicular Circulation. Safe and appropriate vehicular circulation on-site and between adjacent properties shall be provided, as approved by the Director of Transportation.
2. 2.
  Pedestrian Circulation. Pedestrian accommodations shall be incorporated into each development and extended to adjacent properties. Pedestrian accommodations shall be designed to minimize conflicts with vehicular traffic.
E.
Vehicular Access to Arterial and Collector Roads.
1. 1.
  Direct access to arterials and collectors shall be approved by the Director of Transportation.
2. 2.
  Direct access may be individual or shared and may be provided by, but not limited to, one or more of the following:
  1. a.
    An existing or planned road, special access road, or private drive; or
  2. b.
    The internal circulation of a shopping center, office complex, or similar group of buildings having access in accordance with an approved access plan.
3. 3.
  Crossover. A crossover is a break in the median of a divided road. Prior to plan approval for a development located on property across from an existing or planned crossover, the Director of Transportation shall approve an access plan which addresses access for the surrounding area. The Director of Transportation may require the owner of the development to provide shared access to adjacent properties through easements and/or roads.
4. 4.
  Access Plan. An access plan shall be drawn to scale and include the following, as deemed necessary by the Director of Transportation:
  1. a.
    Dimensions and distances;
  2. b.
    Traffic and pedestrian (if applicable) circulation system;
  3. c.
    Location and width of roads, crossovers, driveways, access aisles; and,
  4. d.
    Other information as may be required.
F.
Roads in Subdivisions.
1. 1.
  Road Width. All roads within the Semi Urban (SU), Transition Residential (TR), and Urban Residential (UR) Districts shall be minimum 32’ width, measured from face of curb to face of curb.
2. 2.
  Curb & Gutter. All roads and private pavement within the Semi Urban (SU), Transition Residential (TR), and Urban Residential (UR) Districts, except for alleys, shall have concrete curb and gutter.
3. 3.
  VDOT Maintenance. All roads in that accommodate general traffic circulation through a subdivision, as determined by the Director of Transportation, shall be designed and constructed to VDOT standards and taken into the state system.
4. 4.
  Private Pavement. Within the Transition Residential (TR), Urban Residential (UR), Alternative Residential (AR) Districts, the use of private pavement shall be approved by the Director of Transportation.
G.
Connectivity.
1. 1.
  UR and MU Districts.
  1. a.
    Road Network. Public and private roads serving a development shall be arranged to serve and connect to adjacent development and provide an interconnected pattern of walkable blocks unless deemed infeasible by the Director of Planning.
    i.
    Public and private roads shall have concrete curb and gutter.
    ii.
    Where feasible, blocks longer than 400 feet shall provide pedestrian short cuts at mid-block locations to facilitate foot traffic between parallel roads;
    iii.
    Arrangement and design shall include sidewalks, and/or bikeways, street trees, pedestrian street lighting, pedestrian crosswalks, and on-street parking;
    iv.
    Where feasible, public and private roads with on-street parallel parking shall narrow at intersections to the width necessary to accommodate travel lanes of the associated public or private road and the narrowed portion shall include a tangent length sufficient to accommodate the width of a crosswalk perpendicular to the curb line; and
    v.
    These improvements shall be developed in conjunction with projects they are intended to serve.
  2. b.
    Pedestrian Connection Requirements. Development must provide pedestrian connections to facilitate pedestrian activity, integrate with surrounding land uses or connect to transit stops, regional paths, and trails, as outlined below. Final alignment of the requirements below shall be made at the time of plans review in accordance with any concept plan approved at the time of zoning, if applicable, as determined by the Director of Planning.
    i.
    Pedestrian Connection to Adjacent Development. Provide off-street pedestrian and bicycle connection(s) to adjacent properties, where applicable. A pedestrian stub shall be provided if adjacent property is vacant.
    ii.
    Internal Property Connection. Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian network across and/or throughout the development defined with minimum six-foot-wide sidewalks (or shared use path), decorative paving material or landscaping, and using building cut-throughs, and/or amenity space.
    iii.
    Pedestrian Connection to Public Pedestrian Accommodation(s). Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian and bicycle connection to an existing or proposed adjacent pedestrian or accommodation, if applicable.
    iv.
    Pedestrian Gateway. Provide at least one defined pedestrian gateway into the site using landscape and hardscape materials, such as arches, decorative walls or fencing, decorative pavers, public art, and signage.
2. 2.
  NB, CC, and EC Districts. Development shall provide pedestrian connections from surrounding development, parking and adjacent transit stops, using at least one of the following methods, as determined by the Director of Planning:
  1. a.
    Pedestrian Connection to Adjacent Development. Provide dedicated off-street pedestrian and bicycle connection(s) to an adjacent property and an adjacent transit stop, where applicable. Pedestrian stubs shall be provided if adjacent property is vacant.
  2. b.
    Internal Property Connection. Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian connection across the development defined with minimum five-foot-wide sidewalk(s) and landscaping.
  3. c.
    Pedestrian Connection to Public Pedestrian Accommodation(s). Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian and bicycle connection to an existing or proposed adjacent pedestrian accommodation.
3. 3.
  Cross Access Easements (TR, UR, NB, CC, and MU Districts). Unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review by the Directors of Planning and Transportation, direct and convenient onsite vehicular circulation and access between properties shall be provided. The intent is to provide shared access drives to minimize the need for separate individual vehicular entrances along public roads.
H.
Sidewalks.
1. 1.
  Generally. For developments in SC, SU, TR, UR, AR, CC Option 2, and MU Districts, sidewalks shall be constructed in accordance with this Section. All proposed pedestrian accommodations shall be approved as part of the preliminary plat, construction plan, or site plan process. Pedestrian connectivity shall be provided both internally and externally with projects and designed for the safety and convenience of residents.
2. 2.
  Sidewalk Installation. Where sidewalks are required by the County, they shall be designed and installed in accordance with the Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT) requirements and as modified herein. All sidewalks required by the County shall be installed in street right-of-way unless approved otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
3. 3.
  Publicly Maintained Sidewalk Criteria.
  1. a.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on both sides of all proposed arterial streets and collector streets shown in the Comprehensive Plan and all residential collector streets unless determined otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  2. b.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on all existing arterial and collector roads, shown in the Comprehensive Plan, and residential collector roads adjacent to any proposed development unless determined otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  3. c.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on at least one side of all local roads in SC Base and Option 1 and on both sides of all local roads in SC Option 2, SU, TR, UR, AR, MU, and CC Option 2. This condition may be modified with a pedestrian access plan approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  4. d.
    Sidewalks shall be provided between residential roads and appropriate public facilities (such as a park or library) within 1,000 feet. Sidewalks shall be within easements or rights-of-way, as determined by the Director of Planning.
  5. e.
    Where sidewalks are constructed on the outside of drainage ditch facilities, perpendicular intersecting sidewalks shall be provided at all road intersections to allow the crossing of the ditch and road.
  6. f.
    All sidewalks that qualify for VDOT maintenance shall be constructed of concrete, with a minimum five-foot width in accordance with VDOT specifications, unless otherwise approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation. Shared use paths constructed of asphalt with a minimum width of 10 feet, or as otherwise approved by VDOT, shall be allowed in lieu of concrete sidewalks.
4. 4.
  Privately Maintained Sidewalk Criteria for Residential Subdivisions. The following requirements shall be met by the Subdivider prior to the recordation of any subdivision section containing private sidewalks:
  1. a.
    Privately maintained sidewalks shall be constructed of concrete, with a minimum five-foot width in accordance with VDOT specifications, unless otherwise approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  2. b.
    Where sidewalks are part of a residential subdivision, establishment of a corporate homeowners' association (HOA) or property owners' association (POA) which has, through restrictive covenants, accepted the obligation to maintain the sidewalks. The restrictive covenants shall include requirements for the collection of funds by the homeowners' association or property owners' association in an amount and manner acceptable to the County to cover annual costs for sidewalk maintenance. All private sidewalks shall be approved through the preliminary plat process, and
  3. c.
    Easements and restrictive covenants shall be noted, to include deed book and page number, on the record plat.
5. 5.
  Grade Separated Pedestrian Facilities for Public Roads. No grade separated pedestrian facilities shall be required on existing or proposed roads unless required otherwise by zoning. Grade separated pedestrian facilities will be allowed on all new road construction located within a proposed subdivision or site plan when the following criteria is met:
  1. a.
    The subdivider or developer is required to submit a preliminary schematic or pedestrian access plan as part of the Preliminary Plat Approval process for a subdivision.
  2. b.
    The structure is available for unrestricted public use.
  3. c.
    The structure is accessible to pedestrian facilities, if any, situated along the street.
  4. d.
    The projected traffic volume of the street is not less than 4,000 vehicles per day (VPD) or if the structure otherwise serves as part of the principal pedestrian access to a school and a peak hour traffic volume of 450 vehicles per hour (VPH) is projected. All grade separated pedestrian facilities shall be designed and constructed in accordance with VDOT standards.
I.
Bikeways.
1. 1.
  Where Required. At a minimum, bikeways shall be provided in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan and constructed generally as outlined in the Comprehensive Plan unless the Director of Planning determines that construction of the bikeway is not feasible due to:
  1. a.
    Topography;
  2. b.
    Environmental Constraints;
  3. c.
    Alternative locations or designs which accomplish the intent of the Comprehensive Plan; or,
  4. d.
    Adverse impacts would be created on the property or adjacent development.
2. 2.
  Design. The exact facility type, width, design, and location shall be approved by the Director of Planning at time of plans review.
3. 3.
  Location. Bikeways shall be located within public rights-of-way, to ensure VDOT maintenance. If approved by the Director of Planning, the bikeway(s) may be located on County-owned properties, or within easements dedicated for public use. Unless otherwise approved by the Director of Transportation, right-of-way provided to accommodate a bikeway(s) shall be in addition to the ultimate right-of-way.
J.
Roads in A Districts. In an A District, the creation or extension of a road is prohibited unless it is for the sole purpose of providing access to nonresidential development.
K.
Non-Residential Vehicular Access through Residential Districts. Non-residential development shall not have vehicular access through residentially zoned properties unless approved by the Directors of Transportation and Planning. Additional mitigating measures such as landscaping and buffering may be required along the access.

19.2-46 Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Purpose: This Section serves to protect the functionality, integrity, and performance of Swift Creek Reservoir as a drinking water source for the County.

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

A.
Applicability. The Upper Swift Creek watershed consists of all land in the County located upstream of the Swift Creek Reservoir Dam.
B.
Development Regulations.
1. 1.
  Generally. Any use, development, or redevelopment of land in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed shall meet the following performance criteria:
  1. a.
    No more land shall be disturbed than is necessary to provide for the desired use or development.
  2. b.
    Indigenous vegetation shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible consistent with the use or development allowed.
  3. c.
    Land development shall minimize impervious cover consistent with the use or development allowed.
2. 2.
  Stormwater Runoff Controls.
  1. a.
    Stormwater runoff shall be controlled to achieve the following:
    i.
    For any new use or development, the post-development, nonpoint-source pollution runoff loads of phosphorous shall not exceed 0.22 pounds per acre per year for the post-development total phosphorus load for residential uses subject to subdivision approval.
    ii.
    The purchase of nutrient credits for mitigation shall be from a DEQ certified nutrient bank in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.
    iii.
    Property that the Director of Planning has determined to be vested as to the right to comply with the required control through pro-rata payments for regional BMPs pursuant to Article VI of Chapter 12 of the Code (repealed on February 14, 2007) shall achieve compliance through:
    (A)
    A pro-rata payment equal to what would have been required under Chapter 12, which shall be used for mitigation measures in the watershed determined by the Director of Environmental Engineering;
    (B)
    Compliance with the other provisions of this subsection B; or
    (C)
    A combination of the measures listed above.
3. 3.
  Compliance with a state or locally implemented program of stormwater discharge permits is required pursuant to section 402(p) of the federal Clean Water Act, as set forth in 40 CFR 122, 123, 124 and 504, dated December 7, 1988.
C.
Natural Resource Inventory.
1. 1.
  Requirement and Exemptions. An application for rezoning or conditional use in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed shall include a Natural Resource Inventory (NRI) for the proposed development site except as set forth below. The natural resource inventory is a planning-level tool used for the analyses of the project area to enable future development the opportunity to incorporate stormwater mitigation and conservation designs while avoiding sensitive environmental features for the protection of their role as it relates to water quality. The information may be used for the project’s overall stormwater management plan and should include protective measures or non-structural stormwater practices found to be beneficial to water quality and acceptable in the form of a proffered condition. The Director of Environmental Engineering, at construction plan or site plan review, may credit the resulting stormwater benefits towards the project’s required pollutant load reduction.
2. 2.
  Exemption. An application is exempt from the requirement to provide a natural resource inventory if:
  1. a.
    Land disturbance of the proposed development site will be less than 2,500 square feet in area;
  2. b.
    It proposes only the construction of a single-family residential dwelling that is not part of a subdivision;
  3. c.
    It seeks only construction of water, wastewater, natural gas, underground telecommunications or cable television lines, railroads, or public roads;
  4. d.
    The proposed development site already has existing development such that, in the discretion of the Director of Environmental Engineering, a natural resource inventory is unnecessary to evaluate the application; or,
  5. e.
    The request is to amend a condition or conditions of a prior zoning approval where the Director of Environmental Engineering determines that the amendment does not substantially alter the natural resource inventory provided with the original zoning approval, or the required natural resource inventory components have been substantially addressed through previous development or zoning approval.
3. 3.
  Natural Resource Inventory Components.
  1. a.
    Plan. The natural resource inventory shall be drawn to scale, clearly delineating the following components:
    i.
    Nontidal wetlands connected by surface flow and contiguous to tidal wetlands or water bodies with perennial flow;
    ii.
    A 100-foot buffer area located adjacent to and landward of the components above, and along both sides of any water body with perennial flow;
    iii.
    Nontidal wetlands not included in above;
    iv.
    100-year floodplains as designated in Sec. 19.2-27 (Floodplain Management Districts);
    v.
    Slopes 25% or greater;
    vi.
    Hydrologic soil groups;
    vii.
    Threatened and endangered species;
    viii.
    Transaction screen;
    ix.
    Greenways;
    x.
    Abandoned or existing mines or quarries;
    xi.
    Historical, archeological, or cultural features;
    xii.
    Any other sensitive environmental feature specific to the site; and,
    xiii.
    Highly erodible soils.
  2. b.
    Narrative. A narrative describing the location, density, plant species, and condition of the vegetation on the site shall be provided with the natural resource inventory.
  3. c.
    Certification. The natural resource inventory shall be certified as complete and accurate by a person or firm qualified to make the inventory.
D.
Exemptions. The following are exempt from the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26.J:
1. 1.
  Construction, installation, operation and maintenance of electric, gas and telephone transmission lines, railroads and public roads and their appurtenant structures in accordance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Law, Code of Virginia, §§62.1-44.15:51 et seq., or in accordance with an erosion and sediment control plan approved by the Virginia Soil and Water Conservation Board.
2. 2.
  Construction, installation, and maintenance of water, wastewater and local gas lines are exempt from this Section if:
  1. a.
    No more land than necessary shall be disturbed to provide for the desired utility installation;
  2. b.
    All construction, installation and maintenance of the utilities and facilities shall comply with any applicable federal, state and local requirements and permits and designed and conducted in a manner that protects water quality; and,
  3. c.
    Any land disturbance exceeding an area of 2,500 square feet shall comply with all erosion and sediment control requirements of Chapter 8 of the Code.
E.
Tree Planting, Replacement and Preservation.
1. 1.
  Purpose: This Section promulgates regulations for planting and replacing trees destroyed or damaged during the development or redevelopment process pursuant to Sec. 15.2-961 of the Code of Virginia, and provides for the preservation of trees within development in appropriate instances.
2. 2.
  General Standards.
  1. a.
    All trees to be planted shall meet the specifications of the American Hort.
  2. b.
    The planting of trees shall be done in accordance with either the standardized landscape specifications jointly adopted by the Virginia Nursery and Landscape Association, the Virginia Society of Landscape Designers, and the Virginia Chapter of the American Society of Landscape Architects, or the road and bridge specifications of the Virginia Department of Transportation. The county shall maintain current copies of these specifications available to the public.
  3. c.
    The minimum size standards for trees comply with Sec. 19.2-41 (Landscaping and Screening).
  4. d.
    The canopy area of planted trees shall conform to the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List as maintained by the Planning Department. Canopy credit for trees not included on the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List may be approved by the Director of Planning based on credible published documentation. Preserved trees and wooded areas may be credited toward the canopy requirements in compliance with this section.
3. 3.
  Canopy Requirements.
  1. a.
    Site and Construction Plans. All site plans and construction plans for subdivision plats shall include detailed landscape plans prepared in accordance with Article 5, Division 3 to provide for the preservation, planting, and replacement of trees on-site to the extent that, at maturity of twenty years, the minimum tree canopy is as follows in Table 19.2-46.1:

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

1. 1. b.
    Upon written request, the Director of Planning may grant approval for any residential project to comply with tree canopy requirements of this section on an overall project basis. Compliance on an overall basis requires review and approval of a tree canopy master plan.
  2. c.
    Except for street trees, in lot subdivisions tree canopy used to meet this section shall be located in recorded open space or buffers required per Sec. 19.2-35.
2. 4.
  Tree Canopy Landscape Plans. Landscape plans for tree canopy shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5.
3. 5.
  Exclusions. The following areas are excluded from the calculation of site area for tree canopy coverage requirements:
  1. a.
    Ponds and non-wooded wetlands;
  2. b.
    Properties reserved or dedicated for school sites, playing fields and other non-wooded recreation areas, and other facilities and areas of a similar nature; and,
  3. c.
    Portions of a site which contain existing structures that are not the subject of a pending application.
4. 6.
  Credits for Preservation of Existing Trees. Existing trees which are to be preserved may be included in the calculation of the canopy requirements, and may include wooded preserves, if the site or construction plans identify those trees, trees are located within designated preservation areas and the trees are determined by the Director of Planning to be healthy, viable for canopy provision and long-term preservation.
5. 7.
  Designated Tree Canopy Preservation Areas. Areas which are to be preserved or replanted to meet the requirements of this section shall be designated on site plan and final record plat.
6. 8.
  Note. A note shall be provided that states “Removal of trees within designated tree canopy preservation areas shall not be permitted without approval from the Director of Planning.”
7. 9.
  Exceptions. Upon written request of the developer, the Director of Planning may approve reasonable exceptions to, or deviations from, the requirements of this section to allow for the reasonable development of farmland or other areas devoid of healthy or suitable woody materials, for the preservation of wetlands, or when the strict application of requirements would result in unnecessary or unreasonable hardship to the developer. In those instances, the Director of Planning may approve satisfaction of a portion of a development’s tree canopy requirement through use of a tree canopy bank or off-site planting or replacement of trees if the canopy substituted is located within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.

Chesterfield County Unincorporated
City Zoning Code

ARTICLE 4

Development Standards

19.2-33 General Provisions

Purpose: This Article provides regulations for infrastructure, site design, and layout to:

Provide common standards for development in Chesterfield County;
Implement the Comprehensive Plan;
Protect the public health, safety and welfare of the County and its residents;
Guide public and private policy and action in providing adequate and efficient infrastructure;
Provide the most beneficial relationship between the uses of land and buildings; and
Establish reasonable standards of design and procedures for site plans, subdivisions, and resubdivisions, to guide the orderly layout and use of land.

A.
Applicability. This Article applies to all properties in the County and supplements the applicable zoning district standards. This includes applications for rezoning, conditional use, special exceptions, and building permits that require zoning certification.
B.
Utility Lines - Underground. Except for existing utility lines which traverse a development or project, all utility lines such as electric, telephone, cable access television, or other similar lines shall be installed underground unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.

19.2-34 Amenity Space

A.
Applicability. This Section applies to all new zoning cases, subdivision plats and site plans approved after January 1, 2026. Exemptions from amenity space include:
1. 1.
  Any single-family (attached or detached) residential subdivision of 50 lots or less, unless part of a larger project; and
2. 2.
  Any development requiring site plan approval of less than two acres, unless part of a larger project.
3. 3.
  Any government building or facility, public park, or other public use.

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

Table 19.2-34.1
Zoning District & Option		Amenity Space Required	Strategic Amenity Space Required
Agriculture		--	--
Rural Community (RC)		--	--
Semi-Rural Neighborhood (SR)		--	--
Suburban Community (SC)		--	--
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU)
	Base	10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 1	12.5%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
	Option 2	15%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Transition Residential (TR)
	Base (Street Loaded)	20%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Base (Alley Loaded)	10%	30% of required Amenity Space
	Option 1	15%	50% of required Amenity Space
Urban Residential (UR)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Alternative Residential (AR) both options		10%	0.01 acre per dwelling unit
Neighborhood Business (NB)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	--
Corridor Commercial (CC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	7.5%	30% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	50% of required AS
Mixed Use Center (MU)
	Base	10%	30% of required AS
	Option 1	10%	50% of required AS
	Option 2	10%	75% of required AS
Employment Center (EC)
	Base	--	--
	Option 1	5%	15% of required AS
Employment General (EG)		--	--
Warehouse and Distribution (WD)		--	--

C.
Qualifying Amenity Space (AS). Where the zoning district or this Section requires amenity space, the following categories in Table 19.2-34.2 may qualify to meet the amenity space requirement.
D.
Qualifying Strategic Amenity Space (SAS). A portion of the amenity space requirement that provides a centralized or other strategic location within the project that has good pedestrian access and conveniently serves the majority of the uses within the development. SAS should provide the development with an opportunity for high quality amenities as identified in Table 19.2-34.2.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

Table 19.2-34.2 Qualifying Amenity Space
Category	Description / Standards	Criteria to Qualify as SAS
Farm (AR District)	An area designated for active farming on a common lot.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Areas surrounding stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that include landscaping and trail improvements are eligible as amenity space. Any BMP water surface area, side slopes, and any area enclosed within a fence are excluded. Underground BMP storage areas may be located underneath another amenity type, but only the area of the surface amenity is eligible to meet an amenity space requirement. Area used for bridges or decking over any wet BMP is eligible. Eligible area = total BMP area - water surface area - side slopes - area within a fence.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Buffers	Buffers in areas where no buffer is required or buffers that exceed minimum buffer width requirements. For buffers exceeding minimum width requirements, only the additional buffer width shall receive credit. Eligible area = total buffer - required buffer	Does not qualify as SAS.
Community Garden	A site operated and maintained by an individual or group to cultivate trees, herbs, fruits, vegetables, flowers, or other ornamental foliage for personal use, consumption, donation or off-site sale of items grown on the site.	To qualify as SAS, a community garden must be formally designed and constructed with permanent improvements for active use by the residents to include available water and tool shed, greenhouse, and/or pavilion.
Courtyard	A courtyard is a contiguous open area that is surrounded on at least three sides by building walls with entryways and sidewalks.	To qualify as SAS, a courtyard must be activated with formal improvements such as outdoor seating areas or board and table games and connected to the development with sidewalks.
Green	A common open space available for unstructured recreation or special events, its landscaping consisting of grassy areas, trees, shrubs, and other landscaping. “Special events” include outside public gathering areas designated for temporary activities and events such as, but not limited to art shows, annual celebrations, and special outings that support the recreational nature of space.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Hardscaped Pedestrian Areas	Hardscaped pedestrian areas may be located within required setbacks between buildings and roads. Such areas shall not encroach onto required sidewalks or bikeways. Hardscaped pedestrian areas shall be designed to serve and support adjacent uses through improvements such as seating areas, planters, and fountains. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Land Dedication	Dedication of private property for public transit, parks, recreational facilities, schools, or libraries to any public entity, subject to the approval of the County.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Low-Impact Development (LID)	Low-impact development (LID) consists of stormwater features approved by the Department of Environmental Engineering for functionality and approved by the Planning Department as an amenity.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Parking Areas	Parking lots directly related, and accessory to, permitted amenity space uses.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Pathway	Pedestrian or biking paths, (excluding sidewalks): that connect internally or externally, and that are a minimum of 42 inches if paved or 48 inches if constructed with a base of #57 stone, 21A stone, and rolled , or as determined by the Director of Planning. Pathways within buffers adjacent to roads for subdivisions or landscaped perimeter setbacks may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. The eligible area is limited to the length of the pathway multiplied by the width of the required buffer or setback, not to exceed the area of the required buffer or setback. Pathways within a limited access sound setback may qualify if the pathways are located no closer than 100' from the limited access road and path design minimizes removal of trees. The eligible area is limited to any setback area more than 100' from the limited access road. Eligible pathways may also include street crosswalks delineated with pavers or elevated.	To qualify as SAS, a pathway must meet one of the two following criteria: Bridges or tunnels offering a dedicated bike and/or pedestrian crossing over or under a road or railroad. The eligible area of such bridge or tunnel is weighted by a factor of 10. If a shared use path identified on the Bikeways and Trails Plan cannot be located within a public road right-of-way, such path may count as SAS if located within a public access easement. Eligible area = total trail length (feet) x 15 foot width. The shared use path may be used to meet no more than 50% of the total required SAS.
Pedestrian Pass-Through	A paved walkway allowing direct access from one side of a building to another which is intended for general public use. This feature is typically utilized in mixed-use and commercial areas.	To qualify as SAS, a pedestrian pass-through must be activated by seating areas and formal improvements such as public art, outdoor seating areas, and storefront windows.
Plaza	A hardscaped indoor or outdoor open area with seating and other amenities such as landscaping, fountains and public art. Plazas function as gathering places and may incorporate a variety of non-permanent activities such as vendors and display stands.	To qualify as SAS, a plaza requires a minimum depth and width of 30 feet and a minimum total area of 900 square feet.
Recreation, Active	Active recreational uses include playgrounds, swimming pools, clubhouses, dog parks, pavilions or community rooms, athletic courts and improved fields of any sort.	All active recreation qualifies as SAS.
Recreation, Passive	Passive recreational uses which include sidewalks, walking and biking paths beyond those required by this Chapter shall qualify. Open fields, natural ponds, and natural/forested areas shall qualify if accessible by pedestrian facilities.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Recreational Equipment and Trailer Parking	In a residential zoning district common lot parking for recreational equipment and trailers may comprise a maximum of 25% of the total required amenity space. This type of amenity space is only allowed in the SR, SU, SC, TR, and AR Districts.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	Walking and/or biking paths in RPAs as approved by the Director of Environmental Engineering according to the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26 may qualify towards the amenity space requirement. Eligible area = 100' width x pathway length (feet).	Does not qualify as SAS, except if pathway is a shared use path as described in Pathways above.
Rooftop	Community-accessible spaces designed to facilitate social interaction on upper floors or the roof of a building. This includes terrace spaces for uses such as restaurants, pools, and community gardens.	To qualify as SAS, a rooftop must be activated by seating areas and other improvements such as formal landscaping or sports courts.
Roundabout	A circular intersection, not within VDOT right-of-way, with a focal point that includes public art or any combination of amenities listed in this table if designed to an appropriate size. Landscaping and signage alone is not sufficient to qualify.	Does not qualify as SAS.
Square	Areas that are improved with a combination of lawn, landscaping and seating areas, and that are accessible to pedestrians, containing pedestrian facilities, and bounded by buildings oriented towards the square. May also be used for events and gatherings.	All squares qualify as SAS.

E.
Ownership and Maintenance of Amenity Space.
1. 1.
  Unless otherwise open to the public, amenity space shall be permanently set aside for the sole benefit, use, and enjoyment of present and future occupants and visitors of the development through covenant, deed restriction, or similar legal instrument. If agreed to by the County, the amenity space may be conveyed or dedicated to the County or other private or non-profit organization for general public use.
2. 2.
  The developer shall provide for and establish an organization for ownership and maintenance of the amenity space for the benefit of residents, occupants, visitors, and owners of the development.
3. 3.
  The organization shall not be dissolved and shall not dispose of or abandon the amenity space, by sale or otherwise, without prior written approval from the Director of Planning.
4. 4.
  Where a qualifying amenity space category from Table 19.2-34.2 requires landscaping or vegetation, such landscaping or vegetation must be preserved per the tree preservation requirements found in Landscaping and Screening, Sec. 19.2-41.
F.
Phasing of Amenity Space. Unless a phasing plan is submitted at time of zoning, amenity space installation shall adhere to the following:
1. 1.
  Bonding. Amenities shall be bonded upon approval of 50% of the development's total residential building permits.
2. 2.
  70% Completion. Building permits shall be approved for any amenities prior to approval of 70% of the project's residential building permits.
G.
Calculation of Amenity Space.
1. 1.
  Determining Amenity Space in Multi-District or Multi-Pattern Projects. For residential projects where multiple districts or multiple patterns within a district are part of the same project, amenity space shall be calculated using a ratio of the number of units within each district option to the total number of units on the net project acreage. This formula is used to calculate the required amenity space for one district or pattern within a project.
  1. a.
    Required amenity space for district/pattern = (# of units in a district or pattern/total number of units) x minimum % of amenity space x project acreage.
  2. b.
    Strategic amenity space for projects in TR, UR, AR, CC and EC districts = % of amenity space that must be SAS x required amenity space for that district/pattern.
  3. c.
    Strategic amenity space in SU and SC districts is based on total unit count within a project and is not in proportion to the required amenity space.
2. 2.
  Sample Calculation. A sample calculation is provided below for a project in the TR District on 21 acres (net) with 204 total units, distributed among the following district options.
  1. a.
    Base (townhomes with street vehicular access). 17 dwelling units
    i.
    (17/204) x 20% x 21 acres = 0.35 acres amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 30% x 0.35 acre = 0.11 acre SAS
  2. b.
    Base (townhomes with alley vehicular access). 69 dwelling units
    i.
    (69/204) x 10% x 21 acres = 0.71 acres amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 30% x 0.71 acre = 0.21 acre SAS
  3. c.
    Option 1 (multifamily). 118 dwelling units.
    i.
    Amenity Space required: (118/204) x 15% x 21 acres = 1.82 acre amenity space
    ii.
    Strategic Amenity Space required: 50% x 1.82 acre = 0.91 acre SAS
3. 3.
  In a project with multiple zoning districts or options, amenity space as calculated in G.1 above may be distributed across the entire project such that it is generally accessible to the residents and/or users of the project.
4. 4.
  A sample is provided in Table 19.2-34.3 to show how various qualifying amenity space categories are calculated.

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

	Table 19.2-34.3 Sample Amenity Space Calculation
	Sample Minimum Required Amenity Space Calculation
	Gross Property area: 83.7 acres
	Area in RPA: 16.5 acres
	Net Acres: 67.2 acres
	Zoning District: Semi-Urban Neighborhood (SU) Option 2 (15% Amenity Space requirement)
	Proffered dwelling units: 324
	Required Amenity Space: 15% x 67.2 net acres = 10.1 acres Amenity Space
	Required Strategic Amenity Space: 0.01 acres x 324 proffered lots = 3.3 acres Strategic Amenity Space
	Sample Amenity Space Category Calculations
Key	Amenity Category	Measurement	Amenity Space	Strategic Amenity Space
A	Active Recreation	3.1 acres	3.1 acres	3.1 acres
B	Parking Areas	0.2 acre	0.2 acre	--
C	Buffers Where no Buffer is Required	1.8 acre	1.8 acre	--
D	Resource Protection Areas (RPAs)	1,040' x 100' = 2.3 acres	2.4 acres	--
E	Best Management Practices (BMPs)	Two areas - 0.8 acre + 0.6 acre = 1.4 acre	1.4 acre	--
F	Pathways	Three areas - 0.15 acre + 0.15 acre + 1.2 acre = 1.5 acre	1.5 acre
G	Shared-Use Path on Bikeways & Trails Plan (1,000 linear feet)	1,000' x 15' = 0.3 acre for Strategic Amenity Space, < 50% of required Strategic Amenity Space		0.3 acre
	Total Amenity Space Provided		10.4 acres
	Total Strategic Amenity Space Provided			3.4 acres

19.2-35 Buffers

A.
Location.
1. 1.
  If required, buffers shall be provided on the property being developed.
2. 2.
  Except on a zoning lot having a combination of zoning districts, buffers shall be located at the outer boundaries of a property.
3. 3.
  On a zoning lot having a combination of nonresidential and residential zoning, property zoned A, RC, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or MU may be used to meet the nonresidential buffer requirement if approved during plans review, and the buffer is located in a perpetual easement. If the easement is located on a recorded subdivision lot, an amended subdivision plat shall be submitted for approval. The buffer easement shall be recorded with the Clerk of the Circuit Court prior to issuance of a land disturbance permit.
4. 4.
  Unless otherwise specified, buffers shall be provided in an unbroken landscape strip.
5. 5.
  Buffers shall not be located on a residential subdivision lot unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.
6. 6.
  On sites requiring site plan approval, buffers shall be inclusive of required setbacks. Perimeter landscaping within a setback shall not be required where a buffer is required.
7. 7.
  On sites requiring subdivision approval, buffers shall not include easements which are generally parallel to the buffer, street fill slopes, street cut slopes steeper than 3:1 or required setbacks unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning.

Requirements.

For properties developed adjacent to a property developed prior to January 1, 2026, the following buffers are required.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

Table 19.2-35.1
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning [1]	A with Residential	RC/SR/SC	SU	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC
SU		25
TR/AR		50	50
NB		50	50	50
CC		75	75	75
MU/UR		75	75	75				50	100
EC	100	100	100	100			50
EG/WD	100	100	100	100			100
Notes: [1] If subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property is zoned RC, SR, SC, or SU.

For properties developed adjacent to vacant property or adjacent to a property developed after January 1, 2026, the following buffers are required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 [1]
	Zoning District of Adjacent Property and Buffer Width (ft)
Proposed Zoning	A with Residential	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Residential Use or RC/SR/SC	SU	Vacant A designated on the Comp Plan for Nonresidential Use	TR/AR	NB	CC	MU/UR	EC	EG/WD
RC/SR/SC [2]		25[3]		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
SU		25		25	25	25	25	25	25	25
TR/AR		25	25	25		25	25	25	25	25
NB		25	25		25
CC [4]		50	50		50
MU/UR	100	50	50		50				25	50
EC	100	75	75		75			25
EG/WD	100	75	75		75			50
Notes: [1] If the subject property is adjacent to a single-family residential subdivision zoned NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD, a buffer shall be provided on the subject property as though the property were zoned SR/SC/SU. [2] Any non-residential use with five or more parking spaces within single-family residential districts (A, RC, SR, SC, and SU) must provide a 50-foot buffer between the parking area and the adjacent property line. [3] Buffer may be reduced to zero feet if property is developed with a single family use or designated on the Comp Plan for single family use. [4] Except for EC, EG, or WD, or residential property adjacent to those districts, the buffer width may be reduced to 50 feet in width with a combination of landscaping and a wall provided along the property line. The wall must be a minimum of six feet in height, composed of either brick, stone, or other durable masonry material approved by the Planning Department. At time of plans review, wall height greater than six feet will be required depending upon site conditions including topography, and when screening is also required.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Table 19.2-35.2 Buffer Treatment between different Zoning Districts
BUFFER WIDTH	TREATMENT [1]
BUFFER WIDTH	Small Deciduous/ linear feet [2]	Large Deciduous/ linear feet	Evergreen Tree/ linear feet	Medium Shrub/ linear feet	Equivalent perimeter landscape type
< 50	1/30 ft	1/50 ft	1/30 ft	1/10 ft	Landscape C
50-74	1.5/30 ft	1.5/50 ft	1.5/30 ft	1.5/10 ft	1.5 x Landscape C
75-99	2/30 ft	2/50 ft	2/30 ft	2/10 ft	2 x Landscape C
>100	2.5/30 ft	2.5/50 ft	2.5/30 ft	2.5/10 ft	2.5 x Landscape C
Notes: [1] Low shrubs and ground cover in tree and shrub beds are required for all buffers. [2] Evergreen trees may be substituted for a maximum of 50% of required trees.

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Figure 19.2-35.1 Buffer Treatment

Buffer Widths. For a subdivision, buffers shall be provided adjacent to roads as outlined in Table 19.2-35.3 below:

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.3 Buffers Adjacent to Roads for Subdivisions
Road Classification	Buffer Width [1]
Collector or Residential Collector	35'
Arterial	50' [2]
Notes: [1] Buffer requirements shall not apply to lots recorded prior to February 28, 2001. [2] In the Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area shown on the zoning map, the buffer width shall be increased to 100 feet except for lots which received preliminary plat approval prior to October 10, 2007.

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

Table 19.2-35.4 Landscape Treatment for Subdivision Buffers Adjacent to Roads
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	TREATMENT
BUFFER WIDTH (feet)	Small Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/ Linear Feet	Evergreen Tree/ Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/ Linear Feet	Equivalent Perimeter Landscaping
35	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/50 ft	2.1/15 ft	2.1 x Landscape B
50	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/50 ft	3/15 ft	3 x Landscape B

C.
Additional Required Buffers.
1. 1.
  Required by Boards. In addition to the buffers required in this Section, the Board of Supervisors or Board of Zoning Appeals may require buffers at the time of their final decision on zoning approvals to effectively and appropriately buffer one use from another use when those uses are deemed incompatible.
2. 2.
  Public Parks and Conservation Easements. In addition to, or when not required in this Section, a buffer of 50 feet shall be required on parcels adjacent to public parks or conservation easements unless waived by the Director of Planning.
D.
Uses Within Buffers.
1. 1.
  Generally. Buffers shall not be used for any other purpose other than as permitted in this Subsection, or as permitted by the action of the Board of Supervisors or the Board of Zoning Appeals.
2. 2.
  Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted within buffers:
  1. a.
    Landscaping and screening as permitted or required by this Section;
  2. b.
    Signs;
  3. c.
    Fencing;
  4. d.
    Utilities which run generally perpendicular through the buffer;
  5. e.
    Pedestrian ways installed in a manner to preserve vegetation to the maximum extent practicable;
  6. f.
    Bikeways installed in a manner to preserve vegetation to the maximum extent practicable; and
  7. g.
    Similar uses as may be permitted through plans review and approved by the Director of Planning.
E.
Encroachments.
1. 1.
  Subdivision Easements and Accesses. In subdivisions, easements or road accesses crossing a buffer are permitted if they cross the buffer generally at right angles or so as to have the least impact on the buffer.
2. 2.
  Subdivision Encroachments. The following encroachments are permitted if, at the time of plans review for a subdivision, the applicant demonstrates the necessity for the encroachment and that alternatives to the encroachment are not easily available. The easement encroachment shall be depicted on preliminary plats and construction plans.
  1. a.
    Upper Swift Creek Special Buffer Area. An encroachment of up to 25 feet into the 100-foot wide buffer is permitted, generally parallel to the buffer, with the remaining 75 feet located between the easement and lot lines.
  2. b.
    Publicly Funded Projects. Subsequent to plat approval, if a publicly funded project necessitates that public easements or right-of-way encroach into a required buffer along that road, the Directors of Planning and Transportation may allow encroachments up to 20 feet in width along an arterial road and 10 feet in width along a collector road if the remaining buffer width is at least 25 feet.
  3. c.
    Stormwater Facilities. Generally, stormwater facilities are not permitted within buffers. However, if a unique site circumstance that requires a facility adjacent to a road is determined at preliminary plat or construction plan review, the facility may encroach into the buffer if:
    i.
    It is located within open space;
    ii.
    It is kept free of debris by the homeowner's association; and
    iii.
    In addition to required landscaping, additional landscaping, berms, decorative fences, or other aesthetic features shall be provided between the lots and the road to accomplish the spirit and intent of the buffer requirement and to preclude access to the road, as determined at the time of plans review.
F.
Modifications.
1. 1.
  Bikeways. Where right-of-way or other property dedication is necessary to accommodate a required bikeway, the width of the buffer may be reduced by the same amount as the dedication. The Director of Planning may modify buffer treatment requirements so long as the resulting design meets the purpose and intent of this Section.
2. 2.
  Buffers Along Roads for Subdivisions. Buffer treatments along roads as required in this Section may be modified at time of plans review by the Director of Planning as follows:
  1. a.
    Reduction in shrub requirement if it is determined that another feature, such as topography or existing mature vegetation, would limit the effectiveness or necessity for shrubs; and/or,
  2. b.
    Use of durable decorative walls or fences, berms, increased landscaping, and/or fencing where existing vegetation is inadequate or cleared.

19.2-36 Building Design

A.
Applicability.
1. 1.
  The requirements of this Section shall not apply to lots recorded or building permits approved prior to January 1, 2026.
2. 2.
  This Section applies to any building or structure not exempt from this Section or this Chapter.
B.
Standards for All Districts.
1. 1.
  Direct Vent Fireplace. Direct vent gas fireplace boxes, which protrude beyond the exterior face of the unit, are not permitted on front façades.
2. 2.
  Exterior Materials. Except for the A District, no building shall be covered with any unpainted, untreated, or unfinished concrete block, unfinished corrugated metal, or unfinished sheet metal.
3. 3.
  Parking Decks. Parking decks shall be architecturally incorporated into the project it serves through use of similar styles, colors, and materials to the greatest extent possible.
C.
Townhouse Standards.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Buildings shall be designed to impart harmonious proportions and avoid monotonous facades or large bulky masses. Townhouse rows shall possess architectural variety while at the same time have an overall cohesive consistent architectural residential character. This may be achieved through the creative use of design elements such as, but not limited to, balconies, terraces, offsets, varied materials, articulation of doors and windows, sculptural or textural relief of facades, architectural ornamentation, varied roof lines or other appurtenances such as lighting fixtures and plantings.
2. 2.
  Mechanical Unit Screening. Mechanical units shall initially be screened from view of public roads by landscaping or low maintenance material, or be located to the rear of the principal building.
D.
Multifamily Dwelling Standards.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Buildings shall be designed to impart harmonious proportions and avoid monotonous facades or large bulky masses. Multifamily buildings shall possess architectural variety while at the same time have an overall consistent architectural style. Consistent architectural style may be achieved through the creative use of design elements such as, but not limited to, balconies, terraces, articulation of doors and windows, sculptural or textural relief of facades, architectural ornamentation, varied roof lines or other appurtenances such as lighting fixtures and plantings. To horizontally break up the building mass, facades shall either have offsets across the length of the building or an appearance of different buildings connected together. To vertically break up the building mass, facades shall incorporate a three-layer design that establishes strong images of the first floor and the roof or parapet, unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review based upon a design that accomplishes the spirit and intent of this requirement. All facades shall have comparable fenestration.
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
  
  Figure 19.2-36.1 Multifamily Dwelling Architecture
2. 2.
  Materials. Facades visible to adjoining properties shall have materials consistent in appearance and detail to the street facing facade of the same building.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Unit Screening. Any mechanical units shall be ground mounted or roof mounted. Whether ground mounted or roof mounted, units visible from adjacent property or roads shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or screened from view with landscaping, a wall, or a fence designed to complement the architecture.
4. 4.
  Maximum Building Length. Buildings that exceed 250 feet in length in the TR district or 400 feet in length in the AR, UR, and MU Districts shall provide breezeways or similar throughways to provide public pedestrian access across the longest building length. Those openings shall be lighted and decorative in design. The Director of Planning may approve alternative access that provides equivalent pedestrian circulation through or across sites.
5. 5.
  Addressing. To ensure that buildings have adequate visibility for emergency and law enforcement purposes, buildings shall be addressed on all sides that face roadways/drive aisles with minimum 10-inch-tall numerals of a contrasting color to the façade on which they are attached. Numerals do not count against signage allowances.
6. 6.
  Access for Emergency Personnel. Properties with vehicle gates and apartment buildings that use electronic access controls on common exterior resident doors shall install electronic pushbutton keypads at the gates and at each building’s main entrance. The unique, emergency access code shall be provided to the Chesterfield County Emergency Communications Center (ECC) Operations Manager prior to the certificate(s) of occupancy being issued.
E.
Commercial Standards - NB and CC Districts.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Within projects, architectural treatment such as materials, colors, and styles shall be compatible. The architectural theme of a project shall show how building elements will break up the mass of large buildings and provide for a pedestrian scale environment between parking and buildings. Buildings within the same block or directly across a road shall have a compatible architectural treatment unless otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
2. 2.
  Materials. Facades visible to adjoining properties shall have materials consistent in appearance and detail to any other facade of the same building.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equipment (ground-level or rooftop), junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property or roads, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or screened from view.
4. 4.
  NB District.
  1. a.
    Design features shall include, but not be limited to, articulation of doors and windows, architectural ornamentation, and use of residential materials such as, but not limited to, brick or siding, and asphalt shingle or simulated slate roofs.
  2. b.
    Buildings in this district have a bulk, scale and design that is cohesive with the adjacent and surrounding residential buildings. In suburban contexts, this may include pitched roofs, similar rooflines and building materials, and comparable setbacks.
5. 5.
  CC District.
  1. a.
    Road Entrances to Residential Neighborhoods. Buildings adjacent to roads, excluding roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan, that serve as an entrance to a residential neighborhood, shall be compatible with residential architecture. Design features shall include, but not be limited to, articulation of doors and windows, architectural ornamentation, and use of residential materials, such as, but not limited to, brick or siding, and asphalt shingle or simulated slate roofs.
  2. b.
    Building and Pedestrian Elements. The architectural style shall use building elements that interrupt the linear pattern and provide large scale focal elements and pedestrian scale elements for the entire development. Building and pedestrian elements shall include the following:
    i.
    Facade Wall. Wall designs shall incorporate similar architectural expression of walls including grid pattern, canopy, abstract ornamentation and cornice to maintain the continuity between tenants. Variation in building wall setbacks shall be employed to interrupt building mass.
    ii.
    Entry and Tower Features. Towers or other substantial vertical architectural features shall be incorporated into a project to establish large scale focal points and interrupt the linear design of buildings. Entry features shall either be included as key design components to identify each tenant and provide relief to the background wall.
    iii.
    Colors. Overall designs shall include variations in neutral color schemes for the building background with complementary colors to enhance the entry feature design. Accent colors shall be permitted to represent individual corporate identification.
    iv.
    Parapets and Roofs. Variation in parapet and/or roof heights shall be used to interrupt building mass.
    v.
    Pedestrian Elements. Between buildings and parking areas, at least two of the following pedestrian elements shall be used: decorative post lights, alternative paving treatments at entrances and/or pedestrian crossings, benches, plazas, landscaped areas, water features, display windows, or other pedestrian elements as approved by the Director of Planning.
F.
UR and MU Districts.
1. 1.
  Facade Treatment. Excluding the area for windows and doors, a minimum of 50% of the façade of the first two stories of a building fronting a road shall be faced with stone, brick, or other masonry material, or other material similar in appearance to stone or brick. To horizontally break up the building mass, facades shall either have offsets across the length of the building or an appearance of different buildings connected together. To vertically break up the building mass, facades shall incorporate a three-layer design that establishes strong images of the first floor and the roof or parapet, unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review based upon a design that accomplishes the spirit and intent of this requirement. All facades shall have complementary fenestration.
2. 2.
  Orientation. Any building along a public or private road shall front and have main entrances that face that road. For buildings fronting multiple roads, the building shall have entrances facing all roads.
3. 3.
  Streetfront Windows and Pedestrian Entrances. Any building with nonresidential uses on the first floor where a façade faces a public road or amenity space shall incorporate streetfront windows and pedestrian entrances that connect directly to pedestrian facilities along the road, or to a sidewalk that connects to the sidewalk along the road.
4. 4.
  Addressing. Buildings shall be addressed on all sides that face roadways/drive aisles with minimum 10-inch-tall numerals of a contrasting color to the façade on which they are attached. Numerals do not count against signage allowances.
5. 5.
  Access for Emergency Personnel. Properties with vehicle gates and apartment buildings that use electronic access controls on common exterior resident doors shall install electronic pushbutton keypads at the gates and at each building’s main entrance. The unique, emergency access code shall be provided to the Chesterfield County Emergency Communications Center (ECC) Operations Manager prior to the certificate(s) of occupancy being issued.
G.
EC, EG, and WD Districts.
1. 1.
  Architecture. Building design shall identify the building entrance and break up the mass of any building façade through any of the following options: painted patterns, change in materials, exterior wall offsets, fenestration, and other architectural features as approved by the Planning Director.
  1. a.
    In the EC District, Option 2, architectural treatment of buildings shall be compatible with buildings located within the same project.
  2. b.
    Buildings within the same block or directly across a road shall have a compatible architectural treatment unless otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
2. 2.
  Mechanical Equipment in EC Districts. Mechanical equipment (ground-level or rooftop), junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property or roads, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or their view minimized by landscaping.
3. 3.
  Mechanical Equipment in EG and WD Districts. Mechanical equipment, junction boxes, and accessory boxes, visible from adjacent property, excluding adjacent EG or WD, or roads that accommodate through traffic, shall either be integrated into the architectural treatment of the building or their view minimized by landscaping.

19.2-37 Dimensional Standards

A.
Generally. Maintenance of yards, open space and minimum lot area legally required for a building or use is a continuing obligation of the owner of the building or use, or the owner of the property on which the building or use is located. This obligation continues as long as the building or use exists.
1. 1.
  Allocation. Legally required yards, amenity space, or minimum lot area allocated to a building or use are credited only toward those requirements for that building or use. They are not credited toward those requirements for any other building or use. A change of ownership does not change this allocation.
2. 2.
  Minimum yards, parking spaces, amenity spaces, and lot area required for a building or use shall not:
  1. a.
    Include any encroachment that reduces them below the required amount; and
  2. b.
    Apply to yard, parking space or amenity space required for any other building or use.
3. 3.
  A required yard or lot area shall not be less than the district requirement, except where expressly permitted in this Chapter. [Note: See Sections 19.2-66 (Variances), and 19.2-67 (Administrative Modifications).]
B.
Location of Required Yards and Amenity Space. Required yards and amenity spaces shall locate on the same zoning lot as the building, group of buildings, or use to which they are allocated. This does not apply to projects approved through a Site Plan or Conditional Use Planned Development.
C.
Lots.
1. 1.
  Road Frontage.
  1. a.
    Unless otherwise specified in Sec. 19.2-15, lots that include detached single-family dwellings shall adjoin a publicly maintained road.
  2. b.
    Residential lots under five acres in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, MU, or AR Districts after April 28, 2010, except for family subdivisions pursuant to Chapter 17.1 of the Code (Subdivision of Land), shall not access arterial, collector, or limited access roads unless approved pursuant to Chapter 17.1 of the Code.
2. 2.
  Single-Family Dwellings per Lot. Unless otherwise permitted, only one detached dwelling is allowed per lot.
3. 3.
  Area Reductions for Right-of-Way Expansion. Any reduction in lot area to accommodate a right-of-way expansion shall not render a lot or parcel non-conforming to this Chapter.
D.
Setbacks.
1. 1.
  Measurement.
  1. a.
    Generally. Setbacks are measured horizontally from property lines or other features and rounded to the nearest tenth of a foot.
  2. b.
    Measurement from Roads. Generally, setbacks from roads are measured from the ultimate right-of-way unless the existing right-of-way is wider.
  3. c.
    Setback Reduction for Right-of-Way Expansion. When the ultimate right-of-way is expanded to accommodate a road widening, sidewalk, or another publicly funded project, setbacks shall be measured as if the expanded area were not included, but shall be no less than the following distances from the expanded right-of-way line. Landscaping, buffers, or other design measures are proportionally reduced by the area occupied by the expansion.
    i.
    10 feet for single-family dwellings;
    ii.
    Five feet for townhouse dwellings; and
    iii.
    One foot for all other buildings.
  4. d.
    Dedicated Right-of-Way. If 200 feet of right-of-way is dedicated to the County, required setbacks are measured as though only a 160-foot right-of-way exists along the following roads:
    i.
    Route 360, from Route 288 to the Amelia County line;
    ii.
    Route 10, from Irongate Drive to Courthouse Road; and
    iii.
    Route 10, from Krause Road to Buckingham Street.
2. 2.
  Special Setbacks. (See Sec. 19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity)
  1. a.
    Uses without Buildings. The required setback for a permitted use on a lot without buildings is that required for a principal building, unless otherwise provided in this Chapter.
  2. b.
    Lot Subdivision Setbacks from Buffers. Principal building setbacks from a required buffer that encroaches into a lot shall be the lesser of the required yard setback or 25 feet.
  3. c.
    Commercial and Employment Uses. Setbacks are measured from the project boundaries and rights-of-way regardless of whether individual lots are created.
  4. d.
    Setbacks Not Required. Setbacks are not required adjacent to railroads. Except as required by the floodplain management, Chesapeake Bay and the Upper Swift Creek watershed regulations, setbacks are not required adjacent to navigable waterways for uses dependent upon the waterways.
  5. e.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Petroleum Pipeline Easements Setbacks. Within a lot subdivision recorded on or after July 7, 1988, all structures shall be set back 20 feet from any petroleum product transmission pipeline easement.
  6. f.
    Limited Access Roads Setbacks - NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Building and parking setbacks from limited access roads for projects requiring site plan approval shall be 40' with Landscape C.
  7. g.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Limited Access Roads Setbacks. For subdivisions recorded on or after February 28, 2001, a 200-foot natural vegetation area, exclusive of required yards, shall be maintained adjacent to a limited access road. Provided, however, at time of plans review, the Director of Transportation may reduce this distance requirement based upon an acceptable noise study. Natural vegetation within the area shall be retained, unless it is determined by the Director of Transportation at time of plans review that limited removal is necessary to accommodate installation of noise attenuation measures. The limits and requirements of this setback shall be shown on the final plat.
  8. h.
    Grave Setbacks. In cemeteries or graveyards, graves shall meet the principal building setbacks for the district in which located; however, where existing graves are closer to the road, new graves may be set back equal to that of the existing graves, but no closer than 15 feet to the road.
  9. i.
    Residential Subdivision Projects - Temporary Cul-de-sac Easements Setbacks. The required setback for a principal structure shall be the greater of 20 feet from the temporary turnaround easement, or the required yard setback measured from the ultimate right-of-way or property line, as applicable.
3. 3.
  Increased Setbacks. Setbacks shall be increased to accommodate required perimeter landscaping when conflicts exist with underground utilities.
E.
Setback Encroachments. Principal buildings may project into required minimum yards as shown in Table 19.2-37.1:

Table 19.2-37.1 Permitted Yard Encroachment for Principal Buildings
	Yard and Permitted Encroachment (feet)
Type of Encroachment	Front	Interior Side	Rear	Corner Side
Cornice, eave, sill, leader, belt course, chimney, canopy or similar ornamental feature	3*	3*	3	3*
Uncovered stairs or fire escape	4.5*	4.5*	4.5	4.5*
Terrace, step, or landings no higher than the entrance floor of the building	10*	10*	10	10*
Bay window or balcony occupying up to one-third of the wall length	3*	3*	3	3*
Outside storm enclosure not more than 6 feet in width	4*	4*	4	4*
Attachments open on 3 sides such as porch, carport, drive-in window or gasoline canopy. Side of structure is “open” if no more than 2 feet of the height of the side is constructed of brick, siding, lattice, louvers or other building materials. Any portion of the structure which complies with the required minimum principal structure yard setback is not required to be open.	10	½ required side yard for principal structure + at least 5 feet from interior side lot line	10	0
Notes for Table 19.2-37.1. * Encroachment not to extend closer than 5 feet to an interior side lot line or 10 feet to a front or corner side lot line.

F.
Accessory Structures.

1. Eaves. Eaves may encroach three feet into required setbacks.

1.
Prevent Interference with County's Emergency Communications System.
1. a.
  The permitted heights of all buildings and structures shall be limited to prevent interference with the County's emergency communications system.
2. b.
  Prior to erection or alteration of a structure 80 feet or taller above ground level, the proposal shall be submitted to the County's public safety review team, consisting of the Police Chief or designee, the Fire Chief or designee, and the Emergency Management Coordinator or designee. The team shall review the proposal within 10 working days after submission to determine whether a detrimental impact to the County's radio communications system microwave paths is anticipated. If the team determines that there will not be a detrimental impact, it shall recommend release of the building permit, site plan, land disturbance permit, or other permit. If the team anticipates a detrimental impact from the proposal, the developer, owner or agent shall perform an engineering study, acceptable to the public safety review team, to determine whether there will be any detrimental impact and, if so, the nature and extent of the impact. Upon receipt, the public safety review team shall, as soon as practicable, review the study and any other available information. Following this review, if the team determines that a detrimental impact would exist, the developer, owner, or agent shall, in a manner approved by the public safety review team, redesign and/or relocate the structure so as to eliminate the anticipated detrimental impact, and be responsible for all design, engineering, equipment and modification expenses necessary to eliminate the anticipated detrimental impact. In addition, the team may impose conditions on the proposal deemed necessary to prevent interference with the microwave paths, including a guarantee in a form satisfactory to the County Attorney and in an amount sufficient to correct any potential detrimental impact.
3. c.
  The developer, owner, or agent shall ensure that the construction or operation of the structure does not have a detrimental impact on the County's radio communications system in a manner approved by the team.

Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances Excluding Communication Towers.

Specific Structures. Except for the height limits set forth in this division, the following structures shall have the height and setback limitations specified in Table 19.2-37.2:

i.
Church spires, belfries, cupolas, domes, heat transfer units, tanks, monuments, chimneys, flues, radio or television antennas, amateur radio antennas or similar structures having an aggregate area less than 25% of the ground floor building area;
ii.
Parapet walls or bulkheads extending not more than four feet above the limiting height of the building; and

iii.

Grain elevators, derricks, or other necessary industrial, utility, or public service structures.

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

Table 19.2-372 Height Limitations and Setbacks for Specified Structures or Appurtenances (excluding communications towers and amateur radio antennas)
District	Height (feet)	Setbacks
RC, SR, SC, SU, AR, TR Base, UR Base	50	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
TR Option 1, UR Option 1, NB	75	Principal structure setbacks for the district
A	150	Accessory structure setbacks for the district
All other	150	Principal structure setbacks for the district

b.
Rooftop Features. Patios, decks, pergolas, canopies, planter boxes, gardens, or similar structures as determined by the Director of Planning shall be permitted on rooftops so long as no structure exceeds 15 feet above the roofline. Penthouses for the sole purpose of accessing rooftop features shall be included in this provision so long as such structure does not exceed more than 25% of the aggregate area of the roof of an individual unit.
c.
Amateur Radio Antenna. Except for the height limits set forth in this division, amateur radio antenna shall have the following height and setback limitations:
1. i.
  RC, SR, SC, and SU Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks for the applicable district. Antenna 50 feet or more in height may be attached to the side or rear of a principal structure meeting the setback requirements of the applicable zoning district. If antenna is detached, it shall meet the side and rear yard setbacks required for a principal structure in the applicable zoning district and a front yard setback of the lesser of one-half the average depth of the lot or 80 feet.
2. ii.
  TR Base and UR Base Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks for the applicable district. Antenna 50 feet or more in height shall be attached to the side or rear of the principal structure which conforms to the setback requirements of the district.
3. iii.
  AR District. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height. Antenna less than 50 feet in height shall meet the accessory structure setbacks. Antenna more than 50 feet in height shall meet the principal structure setbacks.
4. iv.
  A District. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height and shall meet the accessory structure setback requirements for the district.
5. v.
  TR Option 1, UR Option 1, and NB Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 75 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements.
6. vi.
  All Other Districts. Amateur radio antenna shall not exceed 150 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.
d.
Public Water Towers. Water towers shall not exceed 199 feet in height and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.

3.
Communication Tower. Communication tower height shall be limited based upon the height limitations shown on the zoning map layer titled Special Height Limitations for Communication Towers. Specifically, the height of a communication tower is limited to either 199 or 300 feet, depending upon the location of the property, and shall meet the principal structure setback requirements for the applicable zoning district.

19.2-38 Exterior Lighting

A.
Generally.
1. 1.
  At Lot Line. Direct or reflected illumination of exterior lights shall not exceed 0.5 foot-candle (f/c) above background, measured at the lot line of an adjacent A, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or AR property.
2. 2.
  Light Source Shielding. For area lighting (floodlighting of yards, driveways, structures), lighting standards shall be of a directional type capable of shielding the light source from direct view from an adjacent A, RC, SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, AR, or MU property or road. The light source shall be oriented downward or directly onto a property feature.
B.
Parking Areas.
1. 1.
  Developments within TR, UR, NB, MU, CC, EC, EG, and WD Districts shall illuminate all parking areas, driveways and sidewalks with an average maintained illumination level of 1.0 foot-candle. A foot-candle output diagram calculated horizontally at grade shall be submitted for approval that specifies the light loss factor used to assure the 1.0 foot-candle level for the life of the project.
2. 2.
  Lighting plans shall ensure site lighting is coordinated with site landscaping and included with the initial submittal for site plan review.
3. 3.
  Lighting plans shall cover all areas being developed and shall include light fixture specifications, fixture mounting details, pole details, and foot-candle output information.

C.
Residential. Within all Residential Districts, streetlights shall be required at all intersections. Unless a neighborhood has an established lighting style, all new lighting shall be directional and shielded. Design of streetlights at residential intersections shall comply with the County's residential streetlighting policy.

19.2-39 Fences, Retaining Walls, and Visual Obstructions

A.
Applicability. These regulations apply to all zoning districts, except as otherwise specified.
B.
Fence and Wall Materials in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts. Except where otherwise specified, fences or walls shall be constructed of materials designed and marketed as materials for that use. No fence or wall shall be constructed of razor or barbed wire, debris, junk, plywood, rolled or sheet plastic, waste materials, or similar materials. Retaining walls constructed of timber shall not exceed four feet in height.
C.
Maintenance in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts. All fences, walls, and, where required, landscaping visible from roads shall be maintained in good repair, a healthy condition for landscaping, and in compliance with required conditions.
D.
Residential Fence and Wall Height in SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR Districts.
1. 1.
  Height Limitations. The maximum height of a fence or wall (including posts, supporting structures, and decorative elements such as finials) is shown in Table 19.2-39.1.

Table 19.2-39.1 Residential Fence and Wall Height
Front yards	4 feet
Rear and side yards	7 feet
Corner side yard	4 feet
Corner side yard with restrictions and design elements listed below in D.2.	7 feet
Open space or Amenity Space	12 foot wall/7 foot fence
Recreational Uses [1]	10 feet
Notes: [1] Fences shall be constructed of a non-opaque material, any chain link fences shall be coated with a dark finish.

1. 2.
  Corner Side Yards with Fences over Four Feet. The fence shall meet the required corner side yard setback for an accessory structure (less than 15 feet in height), not extend towards the front of the dwelling beyond the rear façade, and incorporate at least two design elements below for the entire length of fence or wall facing a road:
  1. a.
    Decorative fencing such as rot resistant wood, vinyl, wrought iron, or other decorative metal fencing materials;
  2. b.
    Decorative features such as shadow box, scallops or similar design approved by director of planning;
  3. c.
    Wall is constructed of, or fence incorporates, quality materials such as brick, stone, masonry materials or durable products that have the same appearance;
  4. d.
    Side of the fence or wall facing a road and adjacent properties has a decorative appearance or does not have support structures or framing; or
  5. e.
    Supplemental landscaping. Along exterior of fence adjacent to road, at least one medium shrub every five feet and one tree every 30 feet. Plantings and materials shall comply with Sec. 19.2-41 (Landscaping and Screening).

E.
Residential Retaining Wall Height Exceptions.
1. 1.
  Rear Yard. Where the Director of Planning determines that the visibility or impact of the wall on adjoining properties is minimized due to location, orientation, or other factors, the height of a retaining wall may extend up to 12 feet. Where permitted to exceed the required height, the wall shall meet the setback for a principal structure.
2. 2.
  Multiple Walls. To determine the height of multiple retaining walls built within a yard, walls that serve to change the topography of the lot within the yard are considered one wall where they are not separated by a distance of more than 10 feet.
F.
Fencing for Commercial/Mixed-Use, and Employment Uses. Use of chain-link fence visible to public rights-of-way or adjacent to existing residential uses shall be limited to dark colored vinyl clad fencing.
G.
Retaining Walls. Retaining walls shall meet the following requirements:
1. 1.
  Appearance. Retaining walls shall be compatible with the principal building on the lot. If the use is in amenity space where there is not a building on the lot, the walls shall be compatible with the principal structure or with the highest quality materials common within the development acceptable to the Director of Planning. Retaining walls constructed of timber shall not exceed four feet in height. Existing timber retaining walls may be replaced in kind, in compliance with height and setback requirements.
2. 2.
  Landscaping.
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    If the wall is greater than seven feet in height and faces an adjacent property or road, a variety of evergreen trees and shrubs shall be planted along the base of the wall to break up the visual impact.
    ii.
    Landscaping shall locate in a landscaped area that is at least 10 feet wide and free from easements, overhead or underground utilities, or other encumbrances that might prevent the installation of required landscaping.
    iii.
    A landscape plan shall accompany the application for the walls and is subject to approval by the Director of Planning.
  2. b.
    NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts.
    i.
    In addition to required perimeter landscaping, additional evergreen trees shall be planted at the base of the wall to break up the visual impact, and
    ii.
    Landscaping shall be located in a landscaped area at least 10 feet wide and free from easements, overhead or underground utilities, or other encumbrances that might prevent the installation of required landscaping.
3. 3.
  Location and Maintenance of Walls.
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    Except as specified in this subsection, retaining walls (including support structures and materials that are integral to the wall such as geotextiles or similar materials) shall be located within the bounds of a single lot, or recorded open space where applicable.
    ii.
    Retaining walls are the property owner’s maintenance responsibility unless an easement is established for maintenance by an entity, other than the lot owner, such as a homeowner’s association.
    iii.
    Retaining walls that cross lot lines shall be located within an easement dedicated to the homeowners’ association, and be of sufficient width to encompass wall, support structures and materials. The easement shall provide for wall maintenance. The easement shall be identified on the record plat and site or construction plans for the development.
    iv.
    If a retaining wall is maintained by an entity other than the lot owner, the entity shall provide notice to the lot owner providing for maintenance of actions such as digging or excavating that may affect wall structural integrity.
  2. b.
    NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Walls shall conform to parking setback requirements of the zoning district. The setback may be increased to accommodate required landscaping.
4. 4.
  Safety Measures. Retaining walls that are at least four feet in height shall include a non-opaque fence four foot in height installed on the upper side of the wall. Figure 19.2-39.1 shows how fencing is to be installed on retaining walls over four feet in height This additional fence does not count toward any maximum fence height of the retaining wall. If visible from a road or adjacent property, the fence shall have a decorative design. Safety measures shall be incorporated between the fence and parking areas to create a physical impediment to a vehicle reaching the edge of the wall.

Figure 19.2-39.1 Retaining Wall Over Four Feet in Height

H.
Visual Obstructions.
1. 1.
  Corner Lots. Structures or plantings which might obstruct vision between a height of two feet and a height of eight feet above the established curb grade are not permitted within 30 feet in either direction from the corner.
2. 2.
  Intersections of Drive with Road. At the intersection of a drive with a road, structures or plantings are not permitted that obstruct visibility between a height of two feet and eight feet above the elevation of a driveway that is perpendicular and adjacent to the structure or planting within the visibility triangle. The visibility triangle is determined by measuring in two directions from the intersection of the road and the drive: 10 feet landward from the road and 10 feet parallel to the road, and then connecting the two points with a straight line. Figure 19.2-39.2 shows how the visibility triangle is determined.

Figure 19.2-39.2 Visibility Triangle

19.2-40 Improvement Guarantees

A.
Surety.
1. 1.
  Generally. Where this Chapter requires surety, acceptable surety includes an irrevocable letter of credit, cash deposit, cashier's check, certificate of deposit endorsed in favor of the County, or a performance bond issued by a bonding company with an investment grade rating by Moody's or Standard and Poor's. Such surety shall be approved by the County Attorney's office.
2. 2.
  Residential Sidewalks. Shall be bonded and constructed with each section of a subdivision where such facilities are required by this Chapter.
3. 3.
  Requirements for Initial Landscape Installation.
  1. a.
    Street Trees in Subdivisions. Prior to final plat recordation, either:
    i.
    Required street trees shall be installed; or
    ii.
    The applicant shall submit a surety in an amount equal to the cost of completing the required landscaping. If surety is submitted, required subdivision street trees shall be installed prior to the Director of Planning's approval to occupy a property on which a street tree is required. If the street tree is located on property other than on an individual lot, installation shall occur prior to state acceptance of the subdivision road along which the street tree is required.
  2. b.
    Other Landscaping. The Director of Planning will not grant approval to occupy a property, and the applicant shall not record a subdivision final plat, until either:
    i.
    The required landscaping is completed; or
    ii.
    A surety is submitted in an amount equal to the cost of completing the required landscaping. If surety is submitted, the required landscaping shall be installed based upon the approved phasing plan or during the first planting season following date of issuance of the surety.
4. 4.
  Requirements for Landscape Replacement.
  1. a.
    To ensure replacement of unhealthy, dying, or dead landscaping within the first year of installation for development that requires site plan review, and where the cost of required landscaping is more than $1,000 based on a landscape contractor’s estimate that the Director of Planning finds is reliable, then either:
    i.
    A surety in an amount equal to 50% of the cost of initial installation of required landscaping shall be submitted to the Director of Planning prior to the Director of Planning’s approval to occupy the site; or
    ii.
    The landscaper and the property owner shall provide a surety to replace the landscaping within the first year of installation. Any transfer of property ownership is subject to the surety.
  2. b.
    The surety may be released after the one-year landscape inspection is completed provided all plant materials are in a healthy growing condition as determined by the Director of Planning.
B.
Homeowners' Associations for Lot Subdivisions.
1. 1.
  Requirement. A subdivision shall provide a homeowners' association to maintain any open space, amenity space, or other improvements. Commonly held property may include easements, private pavement, open space, or private utilities. On-site improvements may include signs, sidewalks, outdoor pavilions, street trees on private property, lot landscaping, fencing, lighting, dwelling unit exteriors.
2. 2.
  Restrictive Covenants. The restrictive covenants shall include at least the following:
  1. a.
    Assignment of responsibility for ownership and maintenance of open space, amenity space, or improvements, and collection of dues (as provided below) to the association or subdivider until ownership is transferred to the homeowners’ association;
  2. b.
    Easements containing private pavement, pedestrian access ways, sidewalks that are not maintained by the County or VDOT, and retaining walls requiring building permit approval, if any, and the maintenance thereof;
  3. c.
    The association’s responsibility to collect sufficient dues to cover the cost of taxes, and repairs, maintenance or replacement of facilities located on open space or amenity space, and to pay taxes;
  4. d.
    A provision prohibiting the association to dissolve or dispose of real property without prior written approval from the Director of Planning; and,
  5. e.
    The following statement: “Any property or interest in property conveyed to the County or the Commonwealth of Virginia shall not be subject to any easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, or obligations created herein not approved in writing by the County or the Commonwealth, as the case may be.”
3. 3.
  Subdivider Funding and Maintenance. The subdivider is responsible for maintenance and financial obligations of the homeowners’ association until the operation of the association, as specified in the restrictive covenants, is controlled by the residents of the subdivision.
4. 4.
  Recordation. The final plat shall indicate the maintenance responsibility of the homeowners' association. Prior to recordation of the final plat, the approved articles of incorporation shall be filed with the Virginia State Corporation Commission and Chesterfield County. The approved articles of incorporation, bylaws and restrictive covenants shall be recorded in conjunction with the recordation of the final plat.

19.2-41 Landscaping and Screening

Generally.

1.
Landscaping Design. Except as otherwise required, plantings shall generally be in an irregular line and spaced at random. Plants and tree species shall be clustered to provide a professionally acceptable composition and mix of vegetation. Decorative walls and fences may be integrated into a required landscape area.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Table 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types [1]
Perimeter Landscaping Type	Small Deciduous/Linear Feet	Large Deciduous/Linear Feet [2]	Evergreen Tree/Linear Feet	Medium Shrub/Linear Feet	Other
A [3]	--	1/35	--	--	[4][5]
B	1/50	1/50	1/50	1/15	[5][6]
C	1/30	1/50	1/30	1/10	[5][6]
Notes: [1] Healthy existing trees or shrubs may be credited toward landscape requirements if reasonably distributed throughout the length of the area. [2] Large deciduous trees that conflict with overhead utility lines shall be placed within planting areas or islands with at least 250 square feet per required tree and located adjacent to the setback. [3] Trees shall be spaced equally on center or grouped as determined by the Director of Planning at the time of plan review, based upon reduced averaged setbacks, utility conflicts, or to ensure sign visibility. [4] Evergreen hedgerow between parking areas and roads in a staggered double row arrangement maintained to a height of three to four feet. Hedge type requirement on a per site basis as determined by the Director of Planning during plans review. [5] Low shrubs and ground cover shall be used appropriately in tree and shrub beds when hedgerows are not required. [6] In lieu of medium shrubs, the Director of Planning may require a continuous hedgerow with a height of three feet at time of planting; a continuous decorative wood, PVC or wrought-iron fence with a height of three to four feet; or a continuous brick wall with a height of three to four feet.

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

Figure 19.2-41.1 Perimeter Landscaping Types

3.
Invasive Plant Species. Plant species included on the current Virginia Invasive Plant Species List, published by the Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation, shall not be installed.
4.
Installation. Landscaping shall be installed in accordance with professionally accepted landscaping practices and procedures. Landscaped areas next to parking shall be protected from vehicular encroachment by means such as, but not limited to, wheel stops, concrete curbs or bituminous curbs.

Minimum Size. The minimum size of required landscape materials is shown in Table 19.2-41.2.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

Table 19.2-41.2 Minimum Size Landscaping Standards
	Size at time of Planting		Minimum Size at Maturity
Vegetation Type	Caliper [1]	Height	Height/Years	Crown Spread/Years
Small Deciduous Trees	1.5 inches	--	--	More than 12 feet/10
Large Deciduous Trees	2.5 inches [2]	12 feet	--	More than 30 feet/20
Evergreen Trees	--	7 feet [3]	18 feet/20	--
Medium Shrubs	--	18 inches	3 feet/5	--
Notes: [1] Street tree caliper is measured 6 inches above grade. [2] Caliper for large deciduous trees, other than street trees, may be reduced by 0.5" if native species are used. [3] Height may be reduced by one foot if native species are used.

6.
Quality. At the time of planting, required landscaping shall be alive and in a healthy condition. Plant materials shall conform to the standards of the most recent edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock, published by AmericanHort. Native species shall be those outlined on the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List or other species as approved by the Director of Planning. The planting of trees shall be in accordance with the standardized landscape specifications adopted by the Virginia Nursery and Landscape Association, the Virginia Society of Landscape Designers and the Virginia Chapter of the American Society of Landscape Architects, or the road and bridge specifications of the Virginia Department of Transportation.
7.
Maintenance.
1. a.
  Generally. All plant material shall be tended and maintained in a healthy growing condition. Except as otherwise provided, the property owner shall maintain the required landscaping.
2. b.
  Street Trees in Residential Districts. The homeowners’ association shall maintain required street trees within a subdivision, and the final plat and/or the declaration of covenants shall show that responsibility.
3. c.
  Building Entryway Landscaping. Shrubs and trees that are over three feet in height shall be limbed as they mature and grow to provide a clear sightline through the landscaping within ten feet of an entrance or exit.
4. d.
  Water Supply for Sites Requiring Site Plan Approval. A readily available water supply (either a permanent irrigation system or hose bibs within 100 feet of all plant materials) is required for landscaped areas except as follows:
  1. i.
    In the EG and WD Districts, a readily available water supply is only required in the setback along roads which accommodate or are intended to accommodate through traffic;
  2. ii.
    Landscaped areas in stormwater management or BMP facilities;
  3. iii.
    Landscaped areas planted with drought tolerant plants listed in the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List; or
  4. iv.
    Properties that provide a continuous maintenance, watering, and replacement agreement for plant materials with a reputable landscape maintenance company for a minimum of three years.
8.
Tree Limbing. Established trees may have lower branches removed up to one-third of the height of the tree under the following circumstances:
1. a.
  Within setbacks from roads to provide visibility into a property for which site plan approval is required; or
2. b.
  To ensure healthy growth of understory vegetation, as determined by the Director of Planning.
9.
Replacement.
1. a.
  Required trees or landscaping that are dead, diseased, or otherwise unhealthy shall be removed upon approval by the Director of Planning and may be required to be replaced during the current planting season, or next planting season if out of season.
2. b.
  Required trees or shrubs removed from required setbacks from roads or buffers without written approval from the Director of Planning shall be replaced at a ratio of two trees or shrubs for each tree or shrub removed, or equivalent treatment approved by the Director of Planning.
3. c.
  Within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed, trees required to meet the canopy requirements removed without written approval from the Director of Planning, become unhealthy or die, or are pollarded shall be replaced unless the Director of Planning determines that the replacement is unnecessary to meet the tree canopy requirements.
10.
Conflicts with County Easements. Trees shall not be planted within easements for public water/wastewater and stormwater without written approval from the Directors of Utilities and the Environmental Engineering, respectively. If planting areas are restricted by easements, the Director of Planning may require one of the following alternatives:
1. a.
  An additional setback area of 10 feet to accommodate landscaping, or
2. b.
  Replacing any required tree with three medium size shrubs, or
3. c.
  Planting trees within an elevated planting container made of a durable material other than wood.

B.
Tree Preservation.
1. 1.
  Applicability.
  1. a.
    Countywide. Existing trees and shrubs within required setbacks along roads and buffers shall be retained to provide continuity, improve buffering, and minimize new landscaping that requires watering. At time of plan review, removal of existing healthy vegetation may be approved to accommodate vehicular access or utilities that run generally perpendicular through the setback or buffer, as necessary to accommodate healthy vegetative growth, or as otherwise approved by the Planning Department.
  2. b.
    Upper Swift Creek Watershed Tree Canopy. Tree preservation is required in compliance with Sec. 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed).
2. 2.
  Credits. Healthy existing vegetation is credited toward landscaping requirements provided if it is reasonably distributed throughout the setback, buffer or required landscape area.
3. 3.
  Root Protection Zone during Construction. Root protection zones shall be delineated with temporary fencing to minimize land disturbance within setback and buffer areas.
4. 4.
  Mature Trees. Mature Trees shall be protected during development and only removed where necessary, including to provide for the proposed use or development.
C.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Applicability. Street trees are required as follows:
  1. a.
    Residential Districts.
    i.
    Developments in the following districts: SC, SU, TR, UR, and AR
    ii.
    Any single-family subdivision receiving preliminary plat or construction plan approval after January 22, 2020, in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.
  2. b.
    Commercial, Employment, and Mixed-Use Districts. Within projects in the following districts: NB, CC, MU, and EC.
  3. c.
    Overlay Districts. Any project in a VO District or UCO District.
2. 2.
  Requirements. Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, street trees shall comply with the following requirements:
  1. a.
    Residential Projects. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of roads not shown in the Comprehensive Plan and any private pavement serving multiple units excluding alleys;
  2. b.
    Commercial or Employment Projects. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of internal roads and private pavement (when designed as a street).
  3. c.
    VO District. Street trees shall be installed along both sides of any public or private road.
  4. d.
    Tree Type. Unless otherwise provided in this Chapter, or as permitted during plan review, street trees shall be large deciduous trees spaced generally 35 feet on center. If large deciduous trees will conflict with overhead utility lines, small deciduous trees spaced generally 35 feet on center shall be installed.
1. 1. e.
    Planting Location. Trees shall either be installed within the right-of-way, or a maximum of 10 feet outside of the right-of-way. In a subdivision, if the trees are planted outside of the right-of-way, they shall be located in an easement granted to the homeowners’ association for maintenance and preservation;

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

Figure 19.2-41.2 Street Tree Placement

1. 1. f.
    Species. Tree species shall be those species designated for use as a street tree in the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List; and
  2. g.
    Upper Swift Creek Watershed. Within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed, eligible street trees installed within tree wells may be credited towards tree canopy requirements under 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed) if designated through plan review.
D.
Conflicts.
1. 1.
  Perimeter Landscaping. Where this Chapter requires a site to have both perimeter landscaping and street trees, the site shall be developed with either perimeter landscaping or street trees.
2. 2.
  Utilities. Street trees may be relocated as determined by the Director of Planning to accommodate required utilities to include stormwater.
3. 3.
  Topography or Other Environmental Feature. Street trees may be waived or reduced by the Director of Planning in the following circumstances:
  1. a.
    Where topography prevents a suitable planting area,
  2. b.
    Where natural vegetation will be retained along the right-of-way,
  3. c.
    Where planting of street trees would conflict with sidewalk construction, or
  4. d.
    Where planting of street trees would conflict with a sight distance easement.
E.
Tree Wells. Tree wells in a sidewalk along a road or drive shall have a minimum root growth area of 75 square feet, generally five feet wide by 15 feet long, having a depth of three feet and contain an uncompacted soil mix favorable for healthy tree growth. If approved at the time of plan review, up to 50 square feet of the root growth area may be located underneath the sidewalk. The exposed root growth area may have a tree grate or other alternative pervious walking surface. The area shall have a sub-drain tied to the storm sewer system. The tree wells shall be irrigated unless approved otherwise at the time of plan approval through the use of native, drought-tolerant species and a three-year replacement guarantee.
F.
Surface Parking Areas.
1. 1.
  Paved parking areas shall have 30 square feet of interior landscaping for each required space. Table 19.2-41.3 establishes required landscape areas for individual type trees.

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

Table 19.2-41.3 Landscape Area Requirements for Parking
Minimum Size of Landscape Area
Landscape Type	Area	Width of Landscape Area at Tree Location
Large Deciduous Trees	250 sf	15'
Small Deciduous Trees	150 sf	9'
Continuous Planting Islands	600 sf	9'

1. 2.
  Proposed parking lots that exceed minimum parking spaces as outlined in this Chapter shall meet the following:
  1. a.
    Required Landscaped Area. When proposed parking spaces exceed minimum quantity requirements, 40 square feet of interior landscaping shall be required for each additional space. The total required landscaping shall be dispersed throughout the parking lot.
  2. b.
    Parking Island Design. Planting islands will be located at the ends of all parking runs. No more than 10 consecutive parking spaces may be provided without a landscape interior island.

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

Figure 19.2-41.3 Parking Lot Landscaping

G.
Design. Required landscaped areas shall be reasonably dispersed and located to divide the expanse of pavement. Planting islands shall be located at the ends of parking rows adjacent to drive aisles. Use of continuous planting islands is encouraged to minimize individual planting islands. Continuous planting islands shall define entrances and walkways within parking areas.
H.
Landscape Treatment.
1. 1.
  Landscape areas within required setbacks do not count toward required parking area landscaping.
2. 2.
  Best management practice landscaped bio-retention islands located within parking areas shall count toward required parking area landscaping.
3. 3.
  Plantings shall not block the sight line of motorists at driveway intersections.
4. 4.
  The majority of required landscaping shall be trees that are capable of providing shade at maturity.
5. 5.
  One tree shall be provided for each 200 square feet (or fraction) of required interior landscaped area. At least 75% of required trees shall be large deciduous trees.
6. 6.
  Light poles shall not conflict with tree locations. Large tree trunks and light poles shall have a minimum separation of 15 feet.
7. 7.
  Maintenance and irrigation requirements per A.7 above shall apply.
I.
Screening.
1. 1.
  Generally. The height of the screening shall be determined by the Director of Planning. Screening shall be accomplished by one or more of the following means:
  1. a.
    Building design;
  2. b.
    Durable architectural walls or fences of comparable materials to the principal building and designed to be compatible to the principal building; or
  3. c.
    Landscaped berms or other landforms which are part of, or appear to be part of, the natural terrain.
2. 2.
  View of Loading and Outside Storage Areas.
  1. a.
    Screening of View. Loading and outside storage areas shall be screened from view of:
    i.
    Adjacent property on which loading areas or outside storage areas are not permitted;
    ii.
    Property within the A District designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential uses;
    iii.
    Roads, not including limited access roads and roads in EG and WD Districts which do not, or are not intended to, accommodate through traffic movements.
  2. b.
    Minimize View. Views of loading and outside storage areas shall be minimized from limited access roads through site and architectural design, topography, landscaping, setbacks or other features.
3. 3.
  Screening of Solid Waste Storage Areas.
  1. a.
    Where Required. Solid waste storage areas (garbage cans, trash compactors, dumpsters, recycling containers, etc.) shall be screened from view of adjacent property or roads. Screening shall be achieved by a masonry or concrete wall constructed of comparable materials to, and designed to be compatible with, the building that the solid waste storage area serves.
  2. b.
    Required Height. Height of screening shall be sufficient to screen the solid waste appurtenance.
  3. c.
    Materials. Where access doors are used, they shall be steel framed and built of durable opaque materials.
  4. d.
    Servicing Hours Limitations. Solid waste storage areas located within 1,000 feet of a Residential District shall not be serviced between the hours of 9 p.m. and 6 p.m. A sign, not to exceed six square feet in area, designating the hours during which the solid waste storage areas may be serviced shall be prominently posted.
  5. e.
    Exemptions. Solid waste storage areas in the following locations are exempt from screening requirements:
    i.
    Garbage can and recycling container areas that serve individual residential dwellings;
    ii.
    Property zoned EG and WD that is adjacent to EG and WD zoned property; and
    iii.
    Roads in EG and WD Districts that do not accommodate, and are not intended to accommodate, through traffic.

19.2-42 Parking

Purpose: This Section establishes parking and loading requirements for land uses to:

Reduce traffic hazards and excessive levels of congestion on surrounding streets;
Minimize the impact of driveways on the street system;
Reduce conflicts between motor vehicles and other forms of transportation;
Encourage pedestrian access and alternative modes of transportation;
Address vehicle parking, loading, and access issues;
Provide options for the provision of adequate parking; and
Further the County’s environmental goals such as stormwater management, clean air, and reduction of the heat island effect of expansive impervious surfaces.

A.
Applicability. The parking and loading requirements of this Section apply to any new structure or use, any increase in intensity of use, including an addition to or enlargement of an existing structure, or a change of existing use.
B.
Generally.
1. 1.
  Parking Serving Non-Residential Uses in Residential Districts. Parking areas of five or more spaces that serve non-residential uses in Residential Districts shall conform to the parking setback and perimeter landscaping requirements of the NB District (Base).
2. 2.
  Parking Required Prior to Occupancy. The County will not issue an occupancy permit until the required number of parking spaces is provided.
3. 3.
  Required On-Site Parking. Unless otherwise stated, sufficient on-site parking areas shall be provided on the premises in connection with, and accessory to, each use.
4. 4.
  Uses Not Listed. For a use not listed in Table 19.2-42.1 below, parking requirements shall be based upon requirements for the most similar listed use, as determined by the Director of Planning.
5. 5.
  Off-Site Parking.
  1. a.
    Location. Required parking may be located off-site if:
    i.
    The parking is adjacent to the site;
    ii.
    Parking is within 300 feet and connected by a pedestrian accommodation; or
    iii.
    An accessible structured parking facility is within 800 feet of the use and connected by a pedestrian accommodation.
  2. b.
    Agreement Document. A project may meet their parking requirement through off-site parking at a separate parking lot, not part of the project, subject to the following standards:
    i.
    The arrangement shall be enforced through a written agreement among all the owners or long-term lessees of the property containing the spaces;
    ii.
    The agreement shall be submitted to the Director of Planning for review and approval before execution;
    iii.
    No approved parking agreement shall be cancelled without the consent of the Director of Planning;
    iv.
    An attested copy of the approved and executed agreement shall be recorded with the Clerk of the Circuit Court before site plan approval for any use to be served by the off-site parking; and,
    v.
    The agreement shall run with the land and will bind the heirs, successors, and assignees of the landowner. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of this Chapter.
  3. c.
    Structured (Decked) Parking. Structured parking may serve multiple on or off-site users. Up to 20% of required parking spaces in a parking structure may be designated for use by compact cars, where such spaces may be reduced to a width of eight feet and a depth of 16 feet.
  4. d.
    Shared Parking. Developments shall provide parking spaces based on the collective sum of the calculation for each use. Through plans review, a reduction in the required number of spaces may be granted if the Director of Planning determines that uses will have different time demands, or other unique circumstances support the reduction.
6. 6.
  Common Parking. Parking may be allowed on a common lot or lots if developed with, and located within, the same project. This may include guest/visitor parking. A homeowners' association (HOA), property owners' association (POA), or other entity shall be responsible for the maintenance of such lots.
7. 7.
  On-Street Parking. Any parking space provided within a public right-of-way or private street in any zoning district may count towards minimum parking required for a project if the street is at least 32 feet wide, measured from face of curb to face of curb.
8. 8.
  Residential Garages and Driveways.
  1. a.
    Garage Dimensions. For residential uses, interior garage dimensions shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide by 19 feet deep cleared vehicle area (exclusive of obstructions such as stairs, landings, or door swings), with a minimum eight-foot-wide garage door in order to be counted toward parking requirements. Each garage space shall count as 0.5 spaces towards the required parking.
  2. b.
    Driveway Dimensions. For residential uses, driveway parking spaces shall be at least nine feet wide by 20 feet deep. Each driveway space shall count as 1.0 spaces towards the required parking.
  3. c.
    Garage and Driveway Parking Calculation.
    i.
    Tandem parking, where two spaces are arranged such that one space is positioned directly in front of another space and one vehicle must be moved to access the other, shall count as 1.5 spaces.
    ii.
    In no circumstance shall any combination of garage and/or driveway be counted as meeting more than the required parking for a unit.
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
  Figure 19.2-42.1 Tandem Parking Spaces
  ⁋
C.
Required Parking Spaces.
1. 1.
  Table 19.2-42.1 lists minimum parking requirements for various uses.
2. 2.
  The Director of Planning shall determine requirements for off-street loading spaces based on frequency of deliveries, types of delivery vehicles, nature of the business, product delivered, or other factors.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

Table 19.2-42.1 Minimum Parking Requirements [1]
General Use Category	Specific Use or Size of Use	Spaces Required
Residential Units	Multifamily/Condominium	1.5 spaces per unit (0-1 bedroom) 2.0 spaces per unit (2 bedroom) 2.5 spaces per unit (3+ bedroom)
	Townhouse	2.2 spaces per unit for a project with 32' wide streets 2.0 spaces per unit for a project with 34' wide streets
	Single-Family/Duplex	2.0 spaces per unit
	Home Business	At time of approval based upon anticipated parking use
	Senior Living	Independent Living: 1.2 spaces per unit Assisted Living: 0.8 spaces per unit, plus 1.0 visitor space per 4 units Nursing Home: 1.0 space per 4 beds
School	Pre-K thru 9	1.0 space per employee, plus 10 visitor spaces
	Grades 10 - Higher (with stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 2.6 students
	Grades 10 - Higher (without stadium)	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 4 students
	Adult or Child Day Care	1.0 space per employee, plus 1.0 space per 10 participants
	Art, Music	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Martial Arts, Dance	1.0 space per 150 sf gfa
Place of Assembly	Religious Institution	1.0 space per 3 sanctuary seats [2]
	Arena or Stadium	1.0 space per 5 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Theater	1.0 space per 3 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
	Funeral Home	1.0 space per 4 seats, plus 1.0 space per employee
Retail	General Retail/Personal Services	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
	Farmers Market	1.0 space per 500 sf of vending area
	Furniture Store	1.0 space per 750 sf gfa
	Food & Beverage	1.0 spaces per 100 sf gfa of dining area (including outdoor dining areas) [3][4]
	Vehicle Sales	1.0 spaces per 400 sf gfa, plus one space per 2500 sf of outside display area, plus three spaces per service bay
	Vehicle Service/Repair	1.0 space per employee, plus three spaces per service bay
Industrial/ Warehousing	Manufacturing	1.0 space per employee for the first 300 employees then 0.5 space per employee thereafter, plus 5 visitor parking spaces
	Warehousing & Distribution	1.0 space per employee
	All other employment uses	1.0 space per employee
	Self-storage	1.0 space per 250 sf of office gfa plus 1.0 space per 50 units
Medical	Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Medical	Medical Clinics/Offices/Vet Clinic or Vet Hospital	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee
Hotel	Hotel/Motel/Resort with Meeting Facility	1.0 space per bedroom or unit, plus 1.0 space per employee, plus 1 space per 300 sf of meeting space
Office	Office generally	1.0 space per 300 sf gfa
Office	Data Center	1.0 space per employee, plus 5 visitor spaces
Recreation/ Entertainment	Indoor	1.0 space per 200 sf gfa
	Outdoor	2.0 space per 200 sf of activity area
	Sports playfields	45.0 spaces per field, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Sports courts	4.0 spaces per court, plus 1.0 space per 4 seats (if present)
	Swimming Pool	1.0 space per 90 sf of water area
	Golf Course	4.0 spaces per hole
	Health and Fitness Club	1.0 spaces per 200 sf gfa
Mixed	Shopping Center with Shared Parking	1.0 space per 250 sf gfa
Notes: [1] EV parking spaces may be counted towards total required parking spaces. [2] Up to one third of required parking may be an alternative surface material approved by the Director of Planning. [3] Restaurants in the Village Overlay shall have a minimum of 1.0 spaces per 250 sf gfa. [4] Outdoor dining areas up to 20% of the gfa of the principal use shall not require additional parking.

1. 3.
  Special Circumstances for Parking Reductions.
  1. a.
    Transit Stop Connection. Multi-family developments may have the number of required parking spaces reduced by 5% for units located within 1,320 feet of an established transit stop if the development is connected to such stop by a sidewalk or shared use path.
  2. b.
    Bicycle Storage. Within a non-residential development or multi-family dwelling units adjacent to a required bikeway, the number of parking spaces may be reduced by one for each six bicycle storage spaces, with a maximum reduction of five spaces and provided a minimum of five parking spaces shall be provided.
  3. c.
    Ridesharing. To facilitate the use of ridesharing or paratransit, required parking for nonresidential uses or mixed-use communities in the NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts is reduced by 5% for developments that provide designated areas with and associated stacking spaces.
D.
Required Stacking Spaces. Stacking spaces shall be provided for a use having drive-through facilities or uses having drop-off and pick-up areas. Stacking spaces shall be provided as outlined in Table 19.2-42.2.
1. 1.
  Stacking Space Size and Design. Stacking spaces shall be separated from internal drives with raised medians for traffic movement or safety, as deemed necessary at the time of site plan review. Stacking spaces shall be designed so as not to impede on- or off-site traffic movement or access to parking spaces. Stacking spaces shall be 18 feet long.

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

Table 19.2-42.2 Stacking Spaces Required
Use	Stacking Space
Car Wash
Automatic or drive-through	7 per bay
Self-service	3 per bay
Accessory to gasoline sales	3 per bay
Bank	4 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Fast Food Restaurant	6 for the first window plus 2 for each additional window
Other Use with Drive-in Window	3 spaces for each window
Rideshare, Paratransit pick-up/drop-off	3 spaces per designated pick-up/drop-off area

E.
Parking Design Standards.
1. 1.
  Parking Space Size and Design.
  1. a.
    Parking spaces shall be of a shape, location and design so as to be effectively usable. Paved parking spaces shall be legibly striped.
  2. b.
    Standard paved spaces shall be nine feet wide and 18 feet long.
  3. c.
    Size and location of handicapped spaces is based on building code standards.
  4. d.
    Parallel Parking.
    i.
    Paved parallel parking shall be seven feet wide and 22 feet long and striped with four inch-wide white lines perpendicular to the curb or edge of pavement.
    ii.
    Striping will not be required in districts with only residential uses.
    iii.
    In residential developments where parallel parking is provided between driveways, such spaces shall be a minimum of seven feet wide and 18 feet long.
  5. e.
    Gravel or unpaved overflow parking spaces shall be 10 feet wide and 20 feet long.
2. 2.
  Drive Dimensions. Unless otherwise stated in this Chapter, drive dimensions shall be as outlined in Table 19.2-42.3.

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

Table 19.2-42.3 Drive Dimensions
Drive Type	Layout	Traffic Pattern and Drive Width
Drive Type	Layout	Two Way	One Way
Drives Serving Rows of Parking Spaces	90° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	60° parking on two sides of drive	24'	22'
	45° parking on two sides of drive	24'	14'
	90° parking on one side of drive	22'	18'
	60° parking on one side of drive	20'	14'
	45° parking on one side of drive	20'	12'
Drives Without Parking on Either Side	Parking area of more than 30 spaces	24'	12'
	Parking areas of 16 to 30 spaces	22'	12'
	Parking areas of 15 or fewer spaces	20'	12'

F.
Parking Surface. Except as stated below, parking shall be paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material, excluding surface treatment.
1. 1.
  Farm and agritourism uses shall be exempt from parking surface area treatment requirements.
2. 2.
  The following parking areas require a minimum surface depth of six inches of No. 21 or No. 21A stone or similar materials as may be approved at time of plan review:
  1. a.
    Any non-farm or non-agritourism use within an A District with four spaces or less;
  2. b.
    Single-family residential serving an individual dwelling unit;
  3. c.
    For sale or lease agricultural equipment and track-mounted equipment stored or displayed;
  4. d.
    Temporary vehicle storage in motor vehicle tow lots;
  5. e.
    Recreational equipment storage yards including those located within a self-storage facility or residential amenity space; and
  6. f.
    Uses in EG Districts except for employee or visitor parking areas.
3. 3.
  In lieu of concrete, bituminous concrete, or similar material excluding surface treatment, overflow parking areas may be surfaced with landscaped porous pavement systems, such as grassed cellular paving, grass over a structural liner, or other equivalent material if the area is:
  1. a.
    Permanently delineated and restricted to automobile use, and
  2. b.
    Accessed solely through required parking areas which are paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material excluding surface treatment.
G.
Edging and Drainage.
1. 1.
  Edging for Paved Parking. Except as detailed in the Environmental Engineering Department's Reference Manual and as outlined below, concrete curb and gutter shall be installed around the perimeter of parking areas paved with concrete, bituminous concrete or similar material excluding surface treatment. At time of plan review, the following alternatives may be approved:
  1. a.
    Curbing material of similar quality, such as brick or cobblestone; or
  2. b.
    In the Upper Swift Creek Watershed where low impact development practices are used, alternative means of defining pavement edges.
2. 2.
  Edging for Other Parking Areas in F.2 and F.3 Above. Except as detailed in the Environmental Engineering Department's Reference Manual, the perimeter of other parking areas shall be delineated by permanent means such as bumper blocks, railroad ties, timbers with minimum end dimensions of six inches by eight inches, or similar treatment. Delineation materials shall be permanently secured to the ground with a minimum of two re-bars, pavement, or other feature.
3. 3.
  Drainage. Parking area drainage shall be designed so as not to interfere with pedestrian traffic.
H.
Bicycle Storage Space Standards. Where the required number of parking spaces is reduced as provided in C.3.c. above, the following standards shall be met:
1. 1.
  Bicycle storage areas shall be of a shape, location and design so as to be effectively usable;
2. 2.
  Storage spaces shall be located as close as practicable to building entrances; and
3. 3.
  Storage spaces shall either be located within:
  1. a.
    A parking area, but not on required parking spaces or so as to obstruct vehicular traffic;
  2. b.
    A sidewalk, but not so as to obstruct pedestrian traffic; or
  3. c.
    Another area as may be approved through plan review.
I.
Parking Demand Management (PDM) Plan Requirements.
1. 1.
  Preparation. A PDM plan must be prepared by a qualified professional with demonstrated experience in transportation planning, traffic engineering, or comparable field.
2. 2.
  When Required. To reduce the required parking outlined in Table 19.2-42.1, submittal of a PDM plan is required.
3. 3.
  A PDM plan must determine:
  1. a.
    The anticipated travel demand for the project;
  2. b.
    How the anticipated travel demand for the project will be met on-site or off-site, including:
    i.
    Number of on-street vehicle parking spaces, off-street vehicle parking spaces, or shared vehicle parking arrangements;
    ii.
    Number of short-term and long-term bicycle parking spaces; and
    iii.
    Accommodations for pedestrians, cyclists, motorists, transit riders, and the mobility-impacted.
  3. c.
    The strategies that will be employed to reduce single-occupancy vehicle trips, reduce vehicle miles travelled by site users, and promote transportation alternatives such as walking, cycling, ridesharing, and transit; and
  4. d.
    The modal share objectives that will be sought from the implementation of PDM strategies.
4. 4.
  PDM Strategies. Examples of PDM strategies include:
  1. a.
    Walking, cycling, ridesharing, and transit promotion and education;
  2. b.
    Parking cash-out programs or unbundled parking/market rate pricing;
  3. c.
    Shared parking arrangements;
  4. d.
    Enhanced bicycle parking and services (above the minimum required);\
  5. e.
    Support for car-share and bike-share services and facilities;
  6. f.
    Carpooling or vanpooling programs or benefits;
  7. g.
    Free or subsidized transit passes, transit-to-work shuttles, or enhanced transit facilities (such as bus shelters);
  8. h.
    Guaranteed ride home (GRH) programs;
  9. i.
    Provision for alternative work schedules (i.e. flextime, compressed work week, staggered shifts, telecommuting); and
  10. j.
    Promotion of "live near your work" programs.

19.2-43 Signs

Promote maximum sign legibility;
Prevent over-concentration and excessive height, bulk, brightness, and area of signs;
Promote safety by requiring that signs not create a hazard due to collapse, fire, collision, decay or abandonment, obstruct firefighting or police surveillance, nor create traffic hazards by confusing or distracting motorists or by impairing a driver's ability to see pedestrians, obstacles or other vehicles, or to read traffic signs; and
Allow persons flexibility in using signs as a means of communication - for example, to express opinions, identify destinations, and advertise businesses.

A.
Applicability.
1. 1.
  Generally. This Section applies to any sign located exterior to a building or structure and visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent property, or any sign affixed to a building window or hung from a window frame, visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent property, unless specifically exempted below.
2. 2.
  Message Substitution. A noncommercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for the message displayed on any sign which conforms to this Section without consideration of message content. The sign owner may substitute a message without any additional approval, permitting, registration or notice. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech or favoring of any particular noncommercial message over any other noncommercial message. Whenever a zoning lot or a building facade has not used all of its permissible sign area, then the unused portion may be used for the display of signs displaying noncommercial messages. Any on-site commercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any other on-site commercial message, except where off-site signs are allowed.
3. 3.
  Exemptions. The following are exempt from this Section, and the County finds that these exemptions are necessary to prevent hazardous traffic or life safety situations:
  1. a.
    Signs posted by, or required to be posted by any government or governmental agency.
  2. b.
    Signs posted by any government or government agency solely for traffic control, public safety, or hazard warnings.
B.
Prohibited Signs. The following are prohibited:
1. 1.
  Unless specifically allowed, changeable copy signs;
2. 2.
  Sound or smoke-producing signs;
3. 3.
  Moving signs or copy intended to attract attention, regardless of whether or not the sign has a written message or whether all or any part of it moves by means such as rotating, fluttering, or movement of the atmosphere. This prohibition includes pennants but does not include flags or routine operation of the hands of a clock;
4. 4.
  Commercial signs held or carried to attract attention;
5. 5.
  Persons dressed in costumes and acting to attract attention to a commercial activity;
6. 6.
  Attention-getting devices such as rope lights around windows and search lights;
7. 7.
  Attention-getting devices such as pennants, streamers, balloons, or inflatable devices of any configuration acting to attract attention to any use other than noncommercial activity at a residential use;
8. 8.
  Signs with lights creating a moving or traveling effect, flashing lights, intermittent lights or lights with changing degrees of intensity, excluding copy on computer-controlled variable message electronic (EMC) signs which may fade as transition to next copy;
9. 9.
  Signs falsely implying traffic control, caution, or danger, or which are a copy, imitation of, or likely to be confused with, governmental entity signs;
10. 10.
  Internally lighted canopies or awnings constructed of translucent material;
11. 11.
  Commercial signs on a parked automobile, motor vehicle, tractor-trailer, or trailer when used primarily for the purpose of, and serving the function of, a sign. This does not apply to vehicles parked in the operator's driveway, when loading or unloading, or when parked to the side or rear of a nonresidential building and not visible from adjacent roads;
12. 12.
  Signs greater than 48 square inches on a parked automobile, motor vehicle, tractor-trailer, or trailer, which display a commercial message that is unrelated to an activity or enterprise of the owner or operator of the vehicle or trailer;
13. 13.
  Outdoor advertising signs except as specified in Subsection J (Outdoor Advertising Signs); and
14. 14.
  Signs posted on trees, utility poles, or traffic control devices.
C.
Sign Permits and Approvals.
1. 1.
  Applicability.
  1. a.
    Sign Permit. A sign permit is required for any sign originally built or enlarged in excess of eight square feet, and for any enlargement, structural alteration or modification of these signs other than sign refacing. Temporary signs in excess of eight square feet shall require a sign permit.
  2. b.
    Planning Sign Permit. If a sign permit (subsection 1.a above) is not required, a planning sign permit is required for any:
    i.
    Sign on a vacant lot;
    ii.
    Sign on a lot occupied by a commercial, industrial, or office use;
    iii.
    Sign on property at the entrance to a residential community;
    iv.
    Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment District; and
  3. c.
    Planning Sign Permit Exemption. Off-site signs outlined in I.5.c below.
2. 2.
  Outdoor Advertising Signs.
  1. a.
    The Director of Planning will not approve a permit for a new outdoor advertising sign until:
    i.
    An applicant first applies for, and receives, a demolition permit to demolish one or more existing outdoor advertising sign structures; and
    ii.
    A site inspection confirms that the demolition of existing outdoor advertising sign structures and any related debris removal is complete.
  2. b.
    The sign owner may apply for a sign permit to build a new outdoor advertising sign structure and the application shall be approved if:
    i.
    The owner has demolished one or more existing outdoor advertising sign structures as outlined above;
    ii.
    The sign is in a Sign Modernization Area (SMA); and
    iii.
    The sign complies with subsection J (Outdoor Advertising Signs).
  3. c.
    The Director of Planning may issue a permit to modernize an existing outdoor advertising sign structure located in an SMA if that sign structure complies with this section.
3. 3.
  Comprehensive Sign Package for NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, WD Districts. Prior to the first site plan approval for a development, a comprehensive sign package for all proposed signs shall be submitted to the Planning Department for approval. The sign package shall include information necessary to ensure compliance with this Chapter, such as, but not limited to, conceptual sign renderings or descriptions with sizes, lighting, and general locations. All signs shall conform to the following:
  1. a.
    Letter style and graphic display of signs shall be similar;
  2. b.
    Area, location, and material of signs shall substantially conform to building and site design;
  3. c.
    Freestanding sign structures shall be similar;
  4. d.
    A single type of building-mounted display shall be used;
  5. e.
    Background colors of sign boxes shall be similar; and
  6. f.
    Other than the primary sign, signs for each individual use shall have the same background color which shall be one of the colors of the primary sign.
4. 4.
  Sign and Planning Sign Permit Applications. Except for outdoor advertising signs, a single application may be made for multiple signs as follows:
  1. a.
    Signs within a single project; and
  2. b.
    Temporary signs on multiple properties.
5. 5.
  Permit Display. For freestanding signs outlined in Subsections H (Freestanding Signs) and J (Outdoor Advertising Signs) that require a sign permit, the permit number and date of issuance shall be permanently affixed so as to be clearly legible from the ground.
D.
General Regulations. Unless otherwise provided, the following regulations apply to all signs and are in addition to other regulations contained in this section:
1. 1.
  Except as otherwise specified in this section, commercial signs shall be related to the premises.
2. 2.
  Signs shall be constructed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Statewide Building Code.
3. 3.
  Signs shall be kept structurally safe, clean in appearance and maintained in good condition and repair.
4. 4.
  Signs shall not obstruct an opening intended to provide light, air, or building ingress or egress.
5. 5.
  Freestanding signs shall not overhang any portion of a building or property line.
6. 6.
  Signs shall not unreasonably obstruct the view of other signs from roads.
7. 7.
  Sign position, location, shape and color shall not interfere with, obstruct the view of, or cause confusion with, a traffic sign, traffic signal, or other traffic control device. Location of signs shall not interfere with lines of sight at points of ingress/egress and intersections.
8. 8.
  Sign lighting shall not impair a driver’s vision, obstruct police surveillance, or cause direct glare into or upon, property other than that on which the sign is located.
9. 9.
  Signs shall not obstruct firefighting access.
10. 10.
  For signs requiring a sign permit, a survey prepared by a registered civil engineer or surveyor certifying the location, height, and area of the sign shall be submitted following erection of the sign, if requested by the planning department.
11. 11.
  Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, signs shall be permanent.
12. 12.
  Except for temporary signs, within 60 days after the advertised use or activity ceases, a sign shall be removed or replaced with a blank face, unless a shorter time is specified in this chapter. In addition, six (6) months after a freestanding sign has ceased to be used for a permitted advertisement the sign shall be removed, unless a shorter time is specified in this chapter. Temporary signs shall be removed after the advertised use or activity ceases or after the permitted display period has ended, whichever is sooner.
E.
Sign Setbacks.
1. 1.
  VDOT Right-of-Way. In addition to the signs outlined in Subsection 2 below, the following signs may be placed within the right-of-way if approved by the Virginia Department of Transportation:
  1. a.
    Signs posted by, on behalf of, or with permission of, a governmental agency or public utility;
  2. b.
    Noncommercial signs within a median strip at the entrances to residential, nonresidential, or mixed-use communities;
  3. c.
    Temporary banners across a road in VO or UCO Districts related to a noncommercial activity within the Districts; and
  4. d.
    Other signs allowed by this Chapter when located within a right-of-way expanded solely to accommodate a bikeway required by Sec. 19.2-45.
2. 2.
  Road Setbacks. Except where expressly stated, signs shall meet the following requirements:
  1. a.
    Generally. Except as outlined below, setbacks are measured from the existing right-of-way. If a sign is allowed within an ultimate right-of-way shown in the Comprehensive Plan, or an existing right-of-way, the owner shall relocate the sign to conform to the setback requirements when the road is widened. Signs shall conform to the following setbacks:
    i.
    Except as outlined in subsection ii below, signs shall be set back as follows:
    (A)
    In the VO or UCO Districts, five feet from the right-of-way; or
    (B)
    In other areas, 20 feet from the edge of the pavement or face of curb as applicable, but in no case less than one foot from the right-of-way.
    ii.
    Along the following roads, signs may be located within the ultimate right-of-way shown in the Comprehensive Plan if the right-of-way is dedicated (free and unrestricted) to the County. The applicant shall obtain either a license agreement from the Board of Supervisors or a permit from VDOT, as applicable. A minimum setback of 20 feet from the edge of the pavement or face of the curb, as applicable, is required for the sign:
    (A)
    Route 60 between the Powhatan County line and Winterfield Road;
    (B)
    Route 60 between Old Buckingham Road and the Richmond corporate limits;
    (C)
    Route 360;
    (D)
    Route 10 between the Richmond corporate limits and Buckingham Street;
    (E)
    Route 10 between Route 1 and the Hopewell corporate limits;
    (F)
    Huguenot Road;
    (G)
    Courthouse Road between Route 60 and Route 360;
    (H)
    Harrowgate Road; and
    (I)
    Route 1.
3. 3.
  Other Property Line Setbacks. Signs shall be set back 15 feet from all other property lines.
4. 4.
  Outdoor Advertising Signs. See Subsection K (Outdoor Advertising Signs).
F.
Lighting.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    Lighting shall be arranged and installed so that the light source is not visible from adjacent roads, adjacent Residential Districts, or adjacent A property designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential use.
  2. b.
    Lighting shall not blink, fluctuate, or move.
2. 2.
  Hours Limitations for Sign Lighting in Residential Districts and on Agriculturally Zoned Property Designated in the Comprehensive Plan for Residential Use. Excluding residential community entrance signs or signs serving public parks, schools, or religious institutions, nonresidential use signs shall not be lighted between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.
3. 3.
  External Sign Lighting. External lighting shall be limited to white lighting in spots or floods which are concealed or screened from view. If external lighting is used, internal lighting is not allowed. Incidental building lighting is not considered external sign lighting.
4. 4.
  Internal Sign Lighting. Internal lighting shall be contained within translucent copy or internally illuminated sign boxes. Sign box internal lighting is restricted to the sign face. If internal lighting is used, external lighting is not allowed.
5. 5.
  Temporary Sign Lighting Prohibited. A temporary sign shall not use internal or external lighting.
G.
Building-Mounted Signs.
1. 1.
  Measurement. Sign area is measured by the following:
  1. a.
    Projecting Sign. The area of a rectangle or square encompassing the extreme limits of each individual sign face, including all background visible from any direction at any one time;
  2. b.
    Canopy or Awning Sign. The area of the surface upon which the sign copy is located;
  3. c.
    Other Building-Mounted Signs. The area of a rectangle, square, circle, triangle, or combination encompassing the extreme limits of copy.
2. 2.
  General requirements for building-mounted signs in A, NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Designated for Nonresidential Use in the Comprehensive Plan.
  1. a.
    If the side or rear lot line adjoins a Residential District, or Agriculturally zoned property designated in the Comprehensive Plan for residential use, no building-mounted sign shall be visible from such property unless the sign is located a minimum of 150 feet from such property.
  2. b.
    The color of a sign’s raceway shall match that of the building face on which the sign is mounted.
  3. c.
    Except as provided for a flag, building-mounted signs shall not project above the building’s roofline or parapet wall. A roofline or parapet wall shall not be artificially extended to accommodate signage.
  4. d.
    A projecting sign shall not extend more than six feet from the building, roof, or canopy to which it is attached, exceed a face-to-face thickness of eight inches, or exceed the height of the fascia or parapet wall. The sign shall be attached so as to maintain a minimum clearance of 10 feet above grade.
  5. e.
    Allowed building-mounted signage may be placed on a drive-through canopy fascia. The area of a drive-through canopy fascia shall be included in determining total building-mounted signage unless the color of the fascia is one of the following colors, excluding the color of any sign copy:
    i.
    Black;
    ii.
    White; or
    iii.
    A significant accent color of the building.
3. 3.
  Building-Mounted Sign Area in A, NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Designated for Non-residential Use in the Comprehensive Plan.
  1. a.
    Determination of Building or Tenant Wall Area. The area of allowed signage shall be based upon the building or tenant exterior wall area, which is determined by multiplying the building facade width by the height of the lowest roofline.
  2. b.
    Determination of Allowed Signage.
    i.
    Length of Signage. Under no circumstances shall the collective length of building-mounted signs on a building or tenant face exceed 70% of the length of the building or tenant face, as applicable.
    ii.
    Area of Signage. Allowed signage shall not exceed 10% of the tenant's leasable building wall square footage, or 450 square feet, whichever is less. This limit applies to each tenant. Square footage cannot be transferred from one tenant of a structure to another tenant in the same structure. In a multi-tenant building, the maximum square footage of all building-mounted signs is allocated by tenant with leasable building wall square footage along each building facade.
    iii.
    Buildings with Multiple Facades. Buildings with multiple facades are limited to the sign area allowed by the smallest two visible facades. Square footage may be transferred from one facade to another so long as the total allowed signage for a facade is not exceeded.
4. 4.
  Other Building-Mounted Signage. The following signs shall be allowed and shall not be included in the allowed aggregate area of building-mounted signs allowed in Sub-item G.3 above:
  1. a.
    Door and Window Signs. Signs mounted on, or externally visible through, a door or window, not to exceed 25% of the total window or door area on the face of the building on the first floor through which the sign is visible, shall be allowed, provided the view into the establishment from the bottom half of the door or window shall not contain signage. No more than 5% of total window or door area may be a lighted sign. In total, lighted and un-lighted door and window-mounted signage may not exceed 25% of total window or door area.
  2. b.
    Under Canopy Signs. One under-canopy sign not to exceed eight square feet shall be allowed in front of each tenant’s main entrance.
  3. c.
    Noncommercial Flag. Up to two noncommercial flags each not to exceed 24 square feet may be allowed on poles above the roofline. Such poles shall not project beyond the façade of the building, extend no more than 15 feet from the roofline and in no case exceed maximum permitted height of building upon which located.
5. 5.
  Building-Mounted Signage on Property with Residential as Principal Use.
  1. a.
    Except for signs for multi-family projects, signs shall not be internally illuminated.
  2. b.
    Building-mounted signs shall not project above a building’s roofline.
  3. c.
    Single-family dwelling units and townhouse units shall be allowed one square foot of signage for each unit.
  4. d.
    Multi-family projects shall be allowed 300 square feet of building-mounted signage per building.

Freestanding Signs.

1.
Number. Except where specifically stated, a project shall be limited to one freestanding sign. The same limitation shall apply to a single property outside of a project. In the NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, AND WD Districts, additional freestanding signs may be allowed under the following circumstances:
1. a.
  For property with a commercial, industrial, office, or governmental use having frontage exceeding 600 linear feet along an arterial road and more than one entrance from such road, the allowed freestanding signage along such road may be shared among two freestanding signs provided signs are separated by a minimum of 200 linear feet and placed at or near separate entrances. Such signs shall be consistent in character and style.
2. b.
  Property fronting two or more roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan shall be allowed along each such road one freestanding sign conforming to the size and height limitations below. Signs along a collector road shall not be externally lighted nor include changeable copy, except that signs for a property with a governmental use may include changeable copy.
3. c.
  Property developed with or used for a government building or facility shall not be subject to a maximum number of freestanding signs, and these signs may be placed in a location that best allows for communication of information to the public based on the unique layout of the property.
2.
Measurement.
1. a.
  Area. The area of a sign shall be that of a rectangle, circle, triangle, or combination encompassing the extreme limits of copy. The area of a two- or more-sided sign, where the interior angle between the sides exceeds 90 degrees, is the sum of the area of the copy on all sides. The sign square footage for a project with multiple tenants sharing common building entrances may be increased by 10 square feet.
2. b.
  Height. Except as stated below, sign height is the vertical distance from grade level to the top of the sign copy:
  1. i.
    The height of a sign installed on an artificially created berm, mound, or similar feature includes the height of that feature; or
  2. ii.
    The height of the sign adjacent to the road and installed below the grade of the nearest travel lane is the vertical distance from the lane grade to the top of the sign copy.
  3. iii.
    Architectural elements enclosing the top area of copy are allowed if the element height does not exceed 25% of the allowable sign height.
3.
Sign Structure. Except for temporary signs, freestanding sign structures shall either be covered with a material having a similar color and finish to the principal building, be covered with a material and primary color used elsewhere on the sign, or be an architectural detail such as a column or a decorative wall. Except as allowed for outdoor advertising signs, signs shall be either a monument sign, cladded pole sign or be a sign composed of architectural design having building columns, roof or building cap with a supporting base.
4.
Landscaping. Except for signs located within areas that were paved as of April 25, 2001, or signs outlined in Subsections H.5 and I, the base of freestanding signs shall be landscaped with groundcover, shrubs and trees consistent with site landscaping. The landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy condition, kept clear of debris and any dead or dying materials replaced. For monument signs those features may be included within a planting box or similar features compatible with sign. Landscaping shall be equal to a minimum of 1.5 square feet for each square foot of sign and evenly distributed around base of sign or as otherwise approved by the director of planning.

Dimensional Standards. Except as otherwise allowed in this section, the following freestanding signs shall meet the requirements outlined in Table 19.2-43.1.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

Table 19.2-43.1 Freestanding Signs
Zoning District or Use	Area (sq. ft.)	Height (ft.)
Agricultural District
Farm Use [1]	32	15
Residential Use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
Commercial/Industrial/Office Use - Arterial Road - Other Roads	50 32	15 15
Residential Districts
Single family community entrance [2][3]	50	15
Multi-family project	32	15
Nonresidential use (arterial road/other road)	50/32	15
Individual lot with a residential use	See Temporary Signs, 19.2-43.I
NB District
Commercial use	32	8
CC District
Base Pattern (standalone site), 2 acres or less	32	8
Base Pattern (standalone site), more than 2 acres	50	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), 50 acres or less	100	15
Options 1 and 2 (shopping center or mixed-use center), more than 50 acres	150	20
MU District
Base Pattern (Neighborhood Mixed-Use)	50	15
Option 1 (Community Mixed-Use)	100	20
Option 2 (Regional Mixed-Use)	150	20
EC, EG, and WD Districts
Sites of 25 acres or less	50	15
Sites of more than 25 acres	100	15
VO and UCO Districts
VO & UCO District Entrance [4]	50	8
Residential Community Entrance	32	8
Standalone commercial use or outparcel part of a larger project	24	8
Mixed-Use Development or Shopping Center	32	8
Notes: [1] The sign square footage may be displayed in more than one sign provided the total area of all signs does not exceed the allowed square footage. Signs may be temporary. [2] One such sign shall be allowed for each road entrance into the community, provided that two signs shall be allowed if each sign is attached to a decorative fence or wall located on opposite sides of the entrance. [3] In a residential development having multiple neighborhoods not generally connected by local roads, one sign, not to exceed 12 square feet in area and seven square feet in height, shall be allowed at each neighborhood entrance from a road shown in the Comprehensive Plan. [4] Sign must be a noncommercial sign.

1. 6.
  Additional Freestanding Signs. The signs below are allowed in addition to other signs allowed by this section.
  1. a.
    Freestanding Sign at Entrances to Projects in NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts. Two on-site signs, each up to four square feet and a height of five feet, are allowed at each road entrance to a project. Signs are limited to two colors, one for lettering and one for background. Only internal lighting is allowed.
  2. b.
    Freestanding Signs at Entrances to Establishments in NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts Located Outside a Shopping Center or Business Park that Share Access to a Road. Where two establishments are required by the Transportation Department to share access to a road, each establishment is allowed one sign, either on- or off-site, along the shared access. Each sign shall not exceed four square feet and a height of five feet.
  3. c.
    Freestanding Off-Site Signs for Specific Public and Semi-Public Places. Assembly uses exceeding 10,000 square feet gross floor area, hospitals on greater than 25 acres, transit uses, or other public uses without a direct entrance to an arterial road is allowed one off-site sign. If the signs are located on a major arterial road, two signs are allowed on opposite sides of that road. Signs shall not exceed seven square feet and a height of seven feet.
  4. d.
    Drive-Through Facility Stacking Lane Signs. Adjacent to each stacking lane, two signs are allowed if they are not legible off-site. Signs are limited to six feet in height. The maximum cumulative area of these signs is 45 square feet. Computer-controlled variable message electronic (EMC) copy that conforms to this subsection and is not visible from roads may be incorporated.
  5. e.
    Establishments Accommodating Orders from Parking Spaces or Fueling Stations. One sign, not to exceed four square feet, is allowed adjacent to each space or station. The sign shall be attached to columns supporting a canopy.
  6. f.
    Fuel Dispenser or Electric Charging Equipment Mounted Signs. Eight square feet of signs, attached to, or immediately above, each fuel dispenser or electric charger is allowed. One square foot may be a digital video screen.
  7. g.
    Entertainment, Recreational, or Athletic Facility Signs. Signs interior to an entertainment, recreational, or athletic facility that have copy visible only within that facility do not count towards the number or area of signs allowed for that facility elsewhere in this section. Where a sign has copy visible from off-site it counts towards the facility-allowed signs and is subject to all applicable regulations of this section.
  8. h.
    Flags. In addition to allowed freestanding signs, flags shall be allowed subject to the following:
    i.
    Area shall not exceed the square foot limitations for a allowed freestanding sign.
    ii.
    Height. See Sec. 19.2-32-20 (Accessory Uses Permitted With Restrictions).
    iii.
    The area of any allowed freestanding sign shall be reduced by the total area of all commercial flags.
    iv.
    A maximum of one commercial flag shall be allowed on each pole.
    v.
    A noncommercial flag shall not be included in the calculation of signage on a property.
  9. i.
    Changeable Copy Signs. See Sec. 19.2-32-39 (Accessory Uses Permitted With Restrictions).
I.
Temporary Signs. Temporary signs are those signs which are not permanently affixed to the ground or a structure, and are designed or constructed such that they can be readily removed or relocated.
1. 1.
  Size and Duration of Display.
  1. a.
    Temporary signs shall not exceed 32 square feet in area and seven feet in height, unless otherwise indicated below.
  2. b.
    Temporary signs shall not be displayed for more than 120 days in one calendar year, unless otherwise indicated below.
2. 2.
  NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, and WD Districts and Property in a Residential District with a Nonresidential Use. Property in a NB, CC, MU, EC, EG, or WD District or property in a residential district with a nonresidential use is allowed:
  1. a.
    Two temporary signs, plus one sign for each 500 linear feet of road frontage in excess of 1,000 feet, up to a total of four signs.
  2. b.
    Two building-mounted banners, each up to the greater of 50 square feet in area of 15 percent of the building or tenant wall face where the banner is mounted.
3. 3.
  A District. On property in an A District, one temporary sign is allowed, plus one additional sign for parcels with more than 250 linear feet of road frontage. A zoning lot fronting two or more roads shown in the Comprehensive Plan shall be allowed such signage along each road.
4. 4.
  Vacant Properties in Residential Districts. One temporary commercial sign, not to exceed 16 square feet, shall be allowed.
5. 5.
  Developed Properties in Residential Districts.
  1. a.
    One noncommercial temporary sign at each entrance to a residential community.
  2. b.
    Noncommercial temporary signs, which shall not exceed 24 square feet in aggregate area. Each sign shall not exceed six square feet in area and five feet in height.
  3. c.
    One temporary sign advertising an off-site commercial message. Sign shall not exceed six square feet in area and five feet in height. Time period of display shall not exceed seven days in one calendar year.
6. 6.
  VO and UCO Districts.
  1. a.
    One noncommercial banner, not to exceed 250 square feet in area, shall be allowed across a road.
  2. b.
    Uses which do not utilize a freestanding sign and directly abut a road or parking lot shall be allowed one sidewalk sign, not to exceed six square feet in area and three feet in height. The signs shall be located within sidewalks or other hardscaped areas, but neither within right-of-way nor placed to obstruct free movement of pedestrians or wheelchairs. These signs shall be placed directly adjacent to the use they serve during hours of operation for the use. Such signs shall be allowed in addition to any other temporary signs allowed.
J.
Outdoor Advertising Signs.
1. 1.
  Nonconformity. Existing legally nonconforming outdoor advertising signs in existence prior to July 24, 2019, remain nonconforming under this Chapter and are subject to the nonconformity provisions under this Chapter and the Code of Virginia. However, an outdoor advertising sign located within a designated Sign Modernization Area (SMA) shall be considered to be conforming provided that such sign complies with this Chapter.
2. 2.
  Limitation on Number of Outdoor Advertising Signs. The total number of outdoor advertising sign structures allowed under this ordinance shall be 81 determined by the number of such signs existing as of July 24, 2019. The number of outdoor advertising signs shall in no case exceed this cap. The Director of Planning shall maintain a database of all outdoor advertising signs including the owners of such signs. The intention of this Section is to encourage owners to demolish existing nonconforming outdoor advertising signs and construct new, modern outdoor advertising signs, in designated SMAs, which will result in more attractive signage throughout the County.
3. 3.
  Sign Modernization Areas. An SMA includes any parcel of real property that is zoned CC, EC, EG or WD, and is located along and visible from the main traveled way of designated roads, or portion thereof, as provided in Table 19.2-43.2. Any designated SMA shall be identified on the zoning map and such area shall allow for new outdoor advertising signs and for existing outdoor advertising signs to become conforming in accordance with this Chapter. Each SMA is based upon the designated road the sign would face and from which it is intended to be viewed and the boundaries established along the road where the signs are to be located.
4. 4.
  Ordinance Subject to Expiration. In addition to the overall purpose of this Section, this Section that modernizes and improve outdoor advertising signs through standards that enhance the overall attractiveness of signs in the County. To that end the provisions of this Section are no longer effective, and outdoor advertising signs are no longer allowed, unless at least 25 outdoor advertising signs located in SMAs on Routes 1, 10, 60, and 360 are modernized or replaced to be in compliance with this Section prior to July 24, 2026. Any sign modernized, or new sign installed, in accordance with this Section is considered legally conforming and remains subject to these provisions. Legally nonconforming signs in existence prior to the adoption of this Section remain subject to the nonconformity provisions under this Chapter and the Code of Virginia.

Table 19.2-43.2 Sign Modernization Areas
Road Sign Facing	SMA Boundary	Maximum Number of Signs per SMA [1]
Route 150	Midlothian Tnpk. To Rt. 360	2
Route 150	Rt. 1 to I-95	2
Route 60	Rt. 150 to Providence Rd.	5
	Providence Rd. to Rt. 76	5
	Rt. 76 to Courthouse Rd.	5
Route 360	Rt. 150 to Turner Rd.	5
	Pocoshock Creek to Oxbridge Rd	3
	Courthouse Rd. to Price Club Blvd.	1
	Price Club Blvd. to Rt. 288.	5
	Skinquarter Rd. to Magnolia Green Pkwy.	1
	Magnolia Green Parkway to Amelia County line	5
River Road / Chesterfield Ave.	Granger St. to Hickory Rd	2
Route 1	Richmond City line to Bellwood Rd	4
	Willis Rd. to Rt. 288	4
	Weir Rd. to Old Bermuda Hundred Rd.	2
	Ashton Creek to Colonial Heights City line	8
Route 10	Rt. 1 to Ware Bottom Spring Rd.	4
Route 10	I-295 to Hopewell City Line	6
Route 288	Hull Street Rd. to Rt. 76	1
Route 288	I-95 to Chester Rd.	1
Interstate 95	Richmond City line to Colonial Heights City line	20
Interstate 295	South from Meadowville Rd. interchange to Enon Church Rd.	2
Total Potential Locations	93 [2]
Notes [1] Number shown is the maximum number of signs allowed in the SMA. [2] The overall total for signs allowed within designated areas exceeds that allowed for outdoor advertising signs within the County. This permits flexibility in relocating current sign inventory but does not increase number of signs allowed in the County. The number of signs shall not exceed the number per SMA or the overall density cap of 81 outdoor advertising signs countywide.

K.
Outdoor Advertising Signs Generally. A new outdoor advertising sign is not allowed except as follows:
1. 6.
  Sign is located within a SMA.
2. 7.
  Sign is freestanding and additionally not located on a wall or fence.
3. 8.
  The sign is not a double-stacked or side-by-side sign and does not abut another sign. This does not prohibit a double-faced sign - i.e., sign faces may be generally back-to-back and parallel to each other. The Director of Planning may approve a double-faced sign constructed at an angle to allow visibility of the sign face from the main traveled way of the road.
4. 9.
  Excluding Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295, the sign complies with freestanding sign design requirements and is constructed either as a monument sign or cladded pole sign and further complies with other specific sign design provisions of the area in which located. Signs facing Route 150, and Interstates 95 and 295 not complying with freestanding sign design requirements shall be a monopole steel structure.
5. 10.
  Any new outdoor advertising sign is the result of the sign owner demolishing one existing outdoor sign and placing the new sign in a allowed location within an SMA. Existing signs located within a designated SMA may be modified if they comply with this Section.
6. 11.
  The minimum setbacks are as follows:
  1. a.
    300 feet from property zoned for single-family or townhouse use along the same side of the road;
  2. b.
    500 feet from VO or UCO boundaries, County-owned or operated parks or schools, and any entrances to Residential Districts along the same side of the road;
  3. c.
    100 feet from the exit or entrance ramp of a limited access road or interstate;
  4. d.
    1,000 feet from any other outdoor advertising sign along the same side, except that along Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295 the minimum separation is 500 feet; and
  5. e.
    Except along Interstates 95 and 295, a maximum of 100 feet from the edge of pavement it faces and from which it is designed to be legible. For interstates 95 and 295 the maximum setback is 150 feet.
7. 12.
  Sign does not overhang any right-of-way, property line, building, or structure other than a fence, and where allowed through permit review.
8. 13.
  Sign structures along Interstates 95 and 295 shall not exceed 40 feet in height. Sign structures along any other public road shall not exceed 25 feet in height. The Director of Planning may approve an increase in height of up to 10 feet to avoid a conflict with existing signs.
9. 14.
  Notwithstanding the requirements for freestanding signs outlined in Table 19.2-43.1, the size of any outdoor advertising sign face shall not exceed the following:
  1. a.
    672 square feet along Route 150 and Interstates 95 and 295;
  2. b.
    400 square feet along Route 60, 288 and 360; and
  3. c.
    300 square feet along other roads.
10. 15.
  Artistic embellishments may be added to a conforming outdoor advertising sign if they do not exceed 10 percent of the allowed sign area and do not extend further than five feet from the sign structure.
11. 16.
  A sign is considered an on-premises sign and subject to applicable regulations if located on the same property as the specific use or activity advertised.
12. 17.
  The owner of any EMC outdoor advertising sign shall provide to Chesterfield County a 10 second message per minute on the sign.
13. 18.
  An EMC outdoor advertising sign shall comply with all use restrictions applicable to "sign, changeable copy" except that signs greater than 200 square feet and less than 400 square feet shall have a maximum pixel pitch of 16mm, and signs 400 square feet or larger shall have a maximum pixel pitch of 20mm.
14. 19.
  Brightness does not exceed 0.3 foot candles above ambient light as measured at a distance in feet that is the square root of the sign area in square feet multiplied by 100 (Distance from Sign = √Sign Area (sf) x 100).

19.2-44 Stormwater Management

A.
Safety Criteria for All Basins. All basins required by the Director of Environmental Engineering as either a stormwater management facility or a Best Management Practice (BMP) designed as a retention or detention facility for any new development or redevelopment of property shall conform to the following criteria:
1. 1.
  Basin Safety Measures and Dimensions. The following safety measures are required for that portion of each basin that has a side slope above the normal water surface that is steeper than 6:1 over a horizontal distance of 20 feet or more.
  1. a.
    If the basin averages four feet or less in depth and one acre or less in surface area, one of the following safety measures shall be used:
    i.
    safety bench; or
    ii.
    fence which surrounds the basin.
  2. b.
    If the retention basin averages more than four feet in depth or more than one acre in surface area, one of the following safety measures shall be used:
    i.
    both a safety bench and an aquatic bench; or
    ii.
    fence which surrounds the basin.
  3. c.
    Safety benches shall be located at the toe of the slope of the basin and shall be at least 10 feet wide. The slope across the bench shall not exceed 10:1.
  4. d.
    Aquatic benches shall be placed around the perimeter of the permanent pool at the normal water surface elevation, not exceed 12 inches in depth, have a minimum width of 6 feet.
  5. e.
    If a fence is used, the minimum height of the fence shall be six feet; however, the Director of Environmental Engineering may approve a lesser height if satisfactory safety measures have been provided. The fence may be made of a dense vegetative barrier. If the fence is made of a vegetative barrier, it shall be designed and installed in accordance with professionally accepted landscaping practices and procedures. The Director of Environmental Engineering shall approve plans for the vegetative barrier, including the size and description of proposed plant materials. If a vegetative barrier is used, the property owner or developer shall provide to the county a form of surety for the cost of materials and installation for the proposed plant materials. Provisions for maintenance of and access to the fence or vegetative barrier shall be included in the best management practice easement dedication.
  6. f.
    If a basin is located within 100 feet of any dwelling unit, school, childcare center, playground, shopping center, library, hospital, public institution, pedestrian way or similar facility, the Director of Environmental Engineering may require fencing designed to protect the public safety.
  7. g.
    Side slopes. The side slopes above the normal water surface elevation in basins shall be no steeper than 3:1 (horizontal to vertical). If the excavation of the slope to 3:1 will result in the removal of dense vegetation or woodland that is acting to stabilize the slope, the developer may seek an exception from the Director of Environmental Engineering pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 19.2-46 (Upper Swift Creek Watershed) to leave the slope in its existing condition.
2. 2.
  Perimeter Yards. Basins on property located in an SR, SC, SU, TR, UR, or MU District or upon any other property used for residential purposes, schools, child care centers, playgrounds, or within residential subdivisions shall be enclosed by a minimum 50-foot wide vegetative perimeter yard around the basin, measured from the 100-year water surface elevation or the downstream toe of the dam, whichever applies. All basins located within 100 feet of the above-described uses and any pedestrian access ways (i.e. sidewalks, bicycle paths, walkways) shall be separated from those uses by a minimum 50-foot wide vegetative perimeter yard measured from the 100-year water surface elevation or the downstream toe of the dam, whichever applies. Except as modified by the Planning Commission through the site plan process or the Board of Supervisors through the zoning process, retention or detention basins shall not be located within a buffer required by this Chapter or zoning conditions. The perimeter yard shall be designed to provide a horizontal distance and vegetated open space between the basin and the above-listed uses.
3. 3.
  Water and Wastewater Lines. Water or wastewater lines shall not be located within any stormwater management or best management practice facility unless approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering and Utilities.
B.
Exemptions and Exceptions. An applicant may seek an exception from this section pursuant to subsection I in Sec. 19.2-26 (Exemptions and Exceptions - Chesapeake Bay Preservation Areas) and (Nonconforming Uses, Vested Rights and Other Exceptions - Chesapeake Bay Preservation Areas). The exemptions contained subsection H in Sec. 19.2-26 (Exemptions in Resource Protection Areas) apply to this section.
1. 1.
  Nonresidential uses which are located over 100 feet from, and are not adjacent to, SR, SN, SU, TR or UR Districts, or any property used for residential purposes, schools, childcare centers, playgrounds, shopping centers, libraries, hospitals, public institutions or similar facilities are exempt from the provisions of this section.
C.
Visual Aesthetics of Stormwater Management Facility or Best Management Practice Basin. Any stormwater management facility or best management practices basin visible to the public shall be landscaped or otherwise improved so that the facilities are visually enhanced. In addition, fountains (wet ponds), curvilinear pond forms, varied contouring of landforms (dry ponds), or other enhancement methods may be required at the time of plan review. Where fencing is provided, it shall be of an ornamental design. These requirements are in addition to, and shall not interfere with, other requirements for basin design, access or maintenance as determined by the Director of Environmental Engineering.

19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity

Purpose: The purpose of this Section is to:

Maintain or improve the level of service of roads;
Minimize the number of access points to roads;
Promote access sharing and travel between sites;
Encourage connectivity for new developments, both internally to the project and to surrounding properties, to improve public safety response times, reduce travel times and distances between developments, support safe and convenient non-vehicular travel options, and maintain the traffic carrying capacity of roads;
Ensure development occurs at a scale proportionate to the capacity of existing and proposed transportation facilities;
Ensure that appropriate traffic mitigation measures are provided;
Provide pedestrian circulation networks between residential, commercial and recreational areas; and,
Enhance safety and convenience for the public.

A.
Applicability. This Section applies to any site plan or subdivision plat. This Section does not apply to lots recorded or site plans approved prior to January 1, 2026.
B.
Transportation Impacts.
1. 1.
  Functional Road Classification. The Director of Transportation shall determine the functional road classification.
2. 2.
  Maximum Transportation Densities. The Director of Transportation may establish maximum densities to achieve acceptable levels of service, as outlined in this Section.
3. 3.
  Required Improvements. The developer/applicant shall provide improvements to meet the need generated by the development. The Director of Transportation shall determine the improvements necessary to accommodate a development in accordance with, but not limited to, the following:
  1. a.
    The Comprehensive Plan or other planned transportation facilities;
  2. b.
    Maintaining a minimum D level of service based upon a six-year traffic demand projection, after build-out, which may be extended or reduced, as determined by the Director of Transportation or, in designated areas, a level of service no lower than that which currently exists; and
  3. c.
    Safe and efficient access.
4. 4.
  Traffic Impact Analysis. Unless the Director of Transportation approves specific mitigating road improvements without a traffic impact analysis (TIA), a TIA shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Director of Transportation when a development is expected to:
  1. a.
    Significantly impact the transportation network.
  2. b.
    Generate at least 5,000 average daily trips (ADT), based on trip generation rates as defined by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, Trip Generation Manual - latest edition, as amended; or
C.
Ultimate Right-of-Way Width. The ultimate right-of-way shall be the greater of that:
1. 1.
  Shown in the Comprehensive Plan;
2. 2.
  Set of construction plans approved by the Director of Transportation, or;
3. 3.
  As otherwise may be determined by the Director of Transportation at the time of plans review. Unless otherwise determined by the Director of Transportation, it shall be assumed that the road will be widened equally on both sides of the established centerline to the ultimate right-of-way width. For roads not designated in the Comprehensive Plan, the minimum right-of-way width shall be 50 feet, unless otherwise determined by the Director of Transportation.
D.
Circulation.
1. 1.
  Internal Vehicular Circulation. Safe and appropriate vehicular circulation on-site and between adjacent properties shall be provided, as approved by the Director of Transportation.
2. 2.
  Pedestrian Circulation. Pedestrian accommodations shall be incorporated into each development and extended to adjacent properties. Pedestrian accommodations shall be designed to minimize conflicts with vehicular traffic.
E.
Vehicular Access to Arterial and Collector Roads.
1. 1.
  Direct access to arterials and collectors shall be approved by the Director of Transportation.
2. 2.
  Direct access may be individual or shared and may be provided by, but not limited to, one or more of the following:
  1. a.
    An existing or planned road, special access road, or private drive; or
  2. b.
    The internal circulation of a shopping center, office complex, or similar group of buildings having access in accordance with an approved access plan.
3. 3.
  Crossover. A crossover is a break in the median of a divided road. Prior to plan approval for a development located on property across from an existing or planned crossover, the Director of Transportation shall approve an access plan which addresses access for the surrounding area. The Director of Transportation may require the owner of the development to provide shared access to adjacent properties through easements and/or roads.
4. 4.
  Access Plan. An access plan shall be drawn to scale and include the following, as deemed necessary by the Director of Transportation:
  1. a.
    Dimensions and distances;
  2. b.
    Traffic and pedestrian (if applicable) circulation system;
  3. c.
    Location and width of roads, crossovers, driveways, access aisles; and,
  4. d.
    Other information as may be required.
F.
Roads in Subdivisions.
1. 1.
  Road Width. All roads within the Semi Urban (SU), Transition Residential (TR), and Urban Residential (UR) Districts shall be minimum 32’ width, measured from face of curb to face of curb.
2. 2.
  Curb & Gutter. All roads and private pavement within the Semi Urban (SU), Transition Residential (TR), and Urban Residential (UR) Districts, except for alleys, shall have concrete curb and gutter.
3. 3.
  VDOT Maintenance. All roads in that accommodate general traffic circulation through a subdivision, as determined by the Director of Transportation, shall be designed and constructed to VDOT standards and taken into the state system.
4. 4.
  Private Pavement. Within the Transition Residential (TR), Urban Residential (UR), Alternative Residential (AR) Districts, the use of private pavement shall be approved by the Director of Transportation.
G.
Connectivity.
1. 1.
  UR and MU Districts.
  1. a.
    Road Network. Public and private roads serving a development shall be arranged to serve and connect to adjacent development and provide an interconnected pattern of walkable blocks unless deemed infeasible by the Director of Planning.
    i.
    Public and private roads shall have concrete curb and gutter.
    ii.
    Where feasible, blocks longer than 400 feet shall provide pedestrian short cuts at mid-block locations to facilitate foot traffic between parallel roads;
    iii.
    Arrangement and design shall include sidewalks, and/or bikeways, street trees, pedestrian street lighting, pedestrian crosswalks, and on-street parking;
    iv.
    Where feasible, public and private roads with on-street parallel parking shall narrow at intersections to the width necessary to accommodate travel lanes of the associated public or private road and the narrowed portion shall include a tangent length sufficient to accommodate the width of a crosswalk perpendicular to the curb line; and
    v.
    These improvements shall be developed in conjunction with projects they are intended to serve.
  2. b.
    Pedestrian Connection Requirements. Development must provide pedestrian connections to facilitate pedestrian activity, integrate with surrounding land uses or connect to transit stops, regional paths, and trails, as outlined below. Final alignment of the requirements below shall be made at the time of plans review in accordance with any concept plan approved at the time of zoning, if applicable, as determined by the Director of Planning.
    i.
    Pedestrian Connection to Adjacent Development. Provide off-street pedestrian and bicycle connection(s) to adjacent properties, where applicable. A pedestrian stub shall be provided if adjacent property is vacant.
    ii.
    Internal Property Connection. Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian network across and/or throughout the development defined with minimum six-foot-wide sidewalks (or shared use path), decorative paving material or landscaping, and using building cut-throughs, and/or amenity space.
    iii.
    Pedestrian Connection to Public Pedestrian Accommodation(s). Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian and bicycle connection to an existing or proposed adjacent pedestrian or accommodation, if applicable.
    iv.
    Pedestrian Gateway. Provide at least one defined pedestrian gateway into the site using landscape and hardscape materials, such as arches, decorative walls or fencing, decorative pavers, public art, and signage.
2. 2.
  NB, CC, and EC Districts. Development shall provide pedestrian connections from surrounding development, parking and adjacent transit stops, using at least one of the following methods, as determined by the Director of Planning:
  1. a.
    Pedestrian Connection to Adjacent Development. Provide dedicated off-street pedestrian and bicycle connection(s) to an adjacent property and an adjacent transit stop, where applicable. Pedestrian stubs shall be provided if adjacent property is vacant.
  2. b.
    Internal Property Connection. Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian connection across the development defined with minimum five-foot-wide sidewalk(s) and landscaping.
  3. c.
    Pedestrian Connection to Public Pedestrian Accommodation(s). Provide at least one dedicated pedestrian and bicycle connection to an existing or proposed adjacent pedestrian accommodation.
3. 3.
  Cross Access Easements (TR, UR, NB, CC, and MU Districts). Unless otherwise approved at the time of plans review by the Directors of Planning and Transportation, direct and convenient onsite vehicular circulation and access between properties shall be provided. The intent is to provide shared access drives to minimize the need for separate individual vehicular entrances along public roads.
H.
Sidewalks.
1. 1.
  Generally. For developments in SC, SU, TR, UR, AR, CC Option 2, and MU Districts, sidewalks shall be constructed in accordance with this Section. All proposed pedestrian accommodations shall be approved as part of the preliminary plat, construction plan, or site plan process. Pedestrian connectivity shall be provided both internally and externally with projects and designed for the safety and convenience of residents.
2. 2.
  Sidewalk Installation. Where sidewalks are required by the County, they shall be designed and installed in accordance with the Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT) requirements and as modified herein. All sidewalks required by the County shall be installed in street right-of-way unless approved otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
3. 3.
  Publicly Maintained Sidewalk Criteria.
  1. a.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on both sides of all proposed arterial streets and collector streets shown in the Comprehensive Plan and all residential collector streets unless determined otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  2. b.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on all existing arterial and collector roads, shown in the Comprehensive Plan, and residential collector roads adjacent to any proposed development unless determined otherwise by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  3. c.
    Sidewalks shall be provided on at least one side of all local roads in SC Base and Option 1 and on both sides of all local roads in SC Option 2, SU, TR, UR, AR, MU, and CC Option 2. This condition may be modified with a pedestrian access plan approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  4. d.
    Sidewalks shall be provided between residential roads and appropriate public facilities (such as a park or library) within 1,000 feet. Sidewalks shall be within easements or rights-of-way, as determined by the Director of Planning.
  5. e.
    Where sidewalks are constructed on the outside of drainage ditch facilities, perpendicular intersecting sidewalks shall be provided at all road intersections to allow the crossing of the ditch and road.
  6. f.
    All sidewalks that qualify for VDOT maintenance shall be constructed of concrete, with a minimum five-foot width in accordance with VDOT specifications, unless otherwise approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation. Shared use paths constructed of asphalt with a minimum width of 10 feet, or as otherwise approved by VDOT, shall be allowed in lieu of concrete sidewalks.
4. 4.
  Privately Maintained Sidewalk Criteria for Residential Subdivisions. The following requirements shall be met by the Subdivider prior to the recordation of any subdivision section containing private sidewalks:
  1. a.
    Privately maintained sidewalks shall be constructed of concrete, with a minimum five-foot width in accordance with VDOT specifications, unless otherwise approved by the Directors of Environmental Engineering, Planning, and Transportation.
  2. b.
    Where sidewalks are part of a residential subdivision, establishment of a corporate homeowners' association (HOA) or property owners' association (POA) which has, through restrictive covenants, accepted the obligation to maintain the sidewalks. The restrictive covenants shall include requirements for the collection of funds by the homeowners' association or property owners' association in an amount and manner acceptable to the County to cover annual costs for sidewalk maintenance. All private sidewalks shall be approved through the preliminary plat process, and
  3. c.
    Easements and restrictive covenants shall be noted, to include deed book and page number, on the record plat.
5. 5.
  Grade Separated Pedestrian Facilities for Public Roads. No grade separated pedestrian facilities shall be required on existing or proposed roads unless required otherwise by zoning. Grade separated pedestrian facilities will be allowed on all new road construction located within a proposed subdivision or site plan when the following criteria is met:
  1. a.
    The subdivider or developer is required to submit a preliminary schematic or pedestrian access plan as part of the Preliminary Plat Approval process for a subdivision.
  2. b.
    The structure is available for unrestricted public use.
  3. c.
    The structure is accessible to pedestrian facilities, if any, situated along the street.
  4. d.
    The projected traffic volume of the street is not less than 4,000 vehicles per day (VPD) or if the structure otherwise serves as part of the principal pedestrian access to a school and a peak hour traffic volume of 450 vehicles per hour (VPH) is projected. All grade separated pedestrian facilities shall be designed and constructed in accordance with VDOT standards.
I.
Bikeways.
1. 1.
  Where Required. At a minimum, bikeways shall be provided in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan and constructed generally as outlined in the Comprehensive Plan unless the Director of Planning determines that construction of the bikeway is not feasible due to:
  1. a.
    Topography;
  2. b.
    Environmental Constraints;
  3. c.
    Alternative locations or designs which accomplish the intent of the Comprehensive Plan; or,
  4. d.
    Adverse impacts would be created on the property or adjacent development.
2. 2.
  Design. The exact facility type, width, design, and location shall be approved by the Director of Planning at time of plans review.
3. 3.
  Location. Bikeways shall be located within public rights-of-way, to ensure VDOT maintenance. If approved by the Director of Planning, the bikeway(s) may be located on County-owned properties, or within easements dedicated for public use. Unless otherwise approved by the Director of Transportation, right-of-way provided to accommodate a bikeway(s) shall be in addition to the ultimate right-of-way.
J.
Roads in A Districts. In an A District, the creation or extension of a road is prohibited unless it is for the sole purpose of providing access to nonresidential development.
K.
Non-Residential Vehicular Access through Residential Districts. Non-residential development shall not have vehicular access through residentially zoned properties unless approved by the Directors of Transportation and Planning. Additional mitigating measures such as landscaping and buffering may be required along the access.

19.2-46 Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Purpose: This Section serves to protect the functionality, integrity, and performance of Swift Creek Reservoir as a drinking water source for the County.

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Figure 19.2-46.1, Upper Swift Creek Watershed

A.
Applicability. The Upper Swift Creek watershed consists of all land in the County located upstream of the Swift Creek Reservoir Dam.
B.
Development Regulations.
1. 1.
  Generally. Any use, development, or redevelopment of land in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed shall meet the following performance criteria:
  1. a.
    No more land shall be disturbed than is necessary to provide for the desired use or development.
  2. b.
    Indigenous vegetation shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible consistent with the use or development allowed.
  3. c.
    Land development shall minimize impervious cover consistent with the use or development allowed.
2. 2.
  Stormwater Runoff Controls.
  1. a.
    Stormwater runoff shall be controlled to achieve the following:
    i.
    For any new use or development, the post-development, nonpoint-source pollution runoff loads of phosphorous shall not exceed 0.22 pounds per acre per year for the post-development total phosphorus load for residential uses subject to subdivision approval.
    ii.
    The purchase of nutrient credits for mitigation shall be from a DEQ certified nutrient bank in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.
    iii.
    Property that the Director of Planning has determined to be vested as to the right to comply with the required control through pro-rata payments for regional BMPs pursuant to Article VI of Chapter 12 of the Code (repealed on February 14, 2007) shall achieve compliance through:
    (A)
    A pro-rata payment equal to what would have been required under Chapter 12, which shall be used for mitigation measures in the watershed determined by the Director of Environmental Engineering;
    (B)
    Compliance with the other provisions of this subsection B; or
    (C)
    A combination of the measures listed above.
3. 3.
  Compliance with a state or locally implemented program of stormwater discharge permits is required pursuant to section 402(p) of the federal Clean Water Act, as set forth in 40 CFR 122, 123, 124 and 504, dated December 7, 1988.
C.
Natural Resource Inventory.
1. 1.
  Requirement and Exemptions. An application for rezoning or conditional use in the Upper Swift Creek Watershed shall include a Natural Resource Inventory (NRI) for the proposed development site except as set forth below. The natural resource inventory is a planning-level tool used for the analyses of the project area to enable future development the opportunity to incorporate stormwater mitigation and conservation designs while avoiding sensitive environmental features for the protection of their role as it relates to water quality. The information may be used for the project’s overall stormwater management plan and should include protective measures or non-structural stormwater practices found to be beneficial to water quality and acceptable in the form of a proffered condition. The Director of Environmental Engineering, at construction plan or site plan review, may credit the resulting stormwater benefits towards the project’s required pollutant load reduction.
2. 2.
  Exemption. An application is exempt from the requirement to provide a natural resource inventory if:
  1. a.
    Land disturbance of the proposed development site will be less than 2,500 square feet in area;
  2. b.
    It proposes only the construction of a single-family residential dwelling that is not part of a subdivision;
  3. c.
    It seeks only construction of water, wastewater, natural gas, underground telecommunications or cable television lines, railroads, or public roads;
  4. d.
    The proposed development site already has existing development such that, in the discretion of the Director of Environmental Engineering, a natural resource inventory is unnecessary to evaluate the application; or,
  5. e.
    The request is to amend a condition or conditions of a prior zoning approval where the Director of Environmental Engineering determines that the amendment does not substantially alter the natural resource inventory provided with the original zoning approval, or the required natural resource inventory components have been substantially addressed through previous development or zoning approval.
3. 3.
  Natural Resource Inventory Components.
  1. a.
    Plan. The natural resource inventory shall be drawn to scale, clearly delineating the following components:
    i.
    Nontidal wetlands connected by surface flow and contiguous to tidal wetlands or water bodies with perennial flow;
    ii.
    A 100-foot buffer area located adjacent to and landward of the components above, and along both sides of any water body with perennial flow;
    iii.
    Nontidal wetlands not included in above;
    iv.
    100-year floodplains as designated in Sec. 19.2-27 (Floodplain Management Districts);
    v.
    Slopes 25% or greater;
    vi.
    Hydrologic soil groups;
    vii.
    Threatened and endangered species;
    viii.
    Transaction screen;
    ix.
    Greenways;
    x.
    Abandoned or existing mines or quarries;
    xi.
    Historical, archeological, or cultural features;
    xii.
    Any other sensitive environmental feature specific to the site; and,
    xiii.
    Highly erodible soils.
  2. b.
    Narrative. A narrative describing the location, density, plant species, and condition of the vegetation on the site shall be provided with the natural resource inventory.
  3. c.
    Certification. The natural resource inventory shall be certified as complete and accurate by a person or firm qualified to make the inventory.
D.
Exemptions. The following are exempt from the requirements of Sec. 19.2-26.J:
1. 1.
  Construction, installation, operation and maintenance of electric, gas and telephone transmission lines, railroads and public roads and their appurtenant structures in accordance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Law, Code of Virginia, §§62.1-44.15:51 et seq., or in accordance with an erosion and sediment control plan approved by the Virginia Soil and Water Conservation Board.
2. 2.
  Construction, installation, and maintenance of water, wastewater and local gas lines are exempt from this Section if:
  1. a.
    No more land than necessary shall be disturbed to provide for the desired utility installation;
  2. b.
    All construction, installation and maintenance of the utilities and facilities shall comply with any applicable federal, state and local requirements and permits and designed and conducted in a manner that protects water quality; and,
  3. c.
    Any land disturbance exceeding an area of 2,500 square feet shall comply with all erosion and sediment control requirements of Chapter 8 of the Code.
E.
Tree Planting, Replacement and Preservation.
1. 1.
  Purpose: This Section promulgates regulations for planting and replacing trees destroyed or damaged during the development or redevelopment process pursuant to Sec. 15.2-961 of the Code of Virginia, and provides for the preservation of trees within development in appropriate instances.
2. 2.
  General Standards.
  1. a.
    All trees to be planted shall meet the specifications of the American Hort.
  2. b.
    The planting of trees shall be done in accordance with either the standardized landscape specifications jointly adopted by the Virginia Nursery and Landscape Association, the Virginia Society of Landscape Designers, and the Virginia Chapter of the American Society of Landscape Architects, or the road and bridge specifications of the Virginia Department of Transportation. The county shall maintain current copies of these specifications available to the public.
  3. c.
    The minimum size standards for trees comply with Sec. 19.2-41 (Landscaping and Screening).
  4. d.
    The canopy area of planted trees shall conform to the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List as maintained by the Planning Department. Canopy credit for trees not included on the Chesterfield County Plant Materials List may be approved by the Director of Planning based on credible published documentation. Preserved trees and wooded areas may be credited toward the canopy requirements in compliance with this section.
3. 3.
  Canopy Requirements.
  1. a.
    Site and Construction Plans. All site plans and construction plans for subdivision plats shall include detailed landscape plans prepared in accordance with Article 5, Division 3 to provide for the preservation, planting, and replacement of trees on-site to the extent that, at maturity of twenty years, the minimum tree canopy is as follows in Table 19.2-46.1:

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

Table 19.2-46.1 Tree Canopy Protection
Use or Development	Percent Tree Canopy
Cemetery	10%
Sites zoned Commercial / Mixed Use or Employment	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 20 units per acre	10%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities > 10 and < 20 units per acre	15%
Sites zoned Residential, with densities of < 10 units per acre	20%

1. 1. b.
    Upon written request, the Director of Planning may grant approval for any residential project to comply with tree canopy requirements of this section on an overall project basis. Compliance on an overall basis requires review and approval of a tree canopy master plan.
  2. c.
    Except for street trees, in lot subdivisions tree canopy used to meet this section shall be located in recorded open space or buffers required per Sec. 19.2-35.
2. 4.
  Tree Canopy Landscape Plans. Landscape plans for tree canopy shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5.
3. 5.
  Exclusions. The following areas are excluded from the calculation of site area for tree canopy coverage requirements:
  1. a.
    Ponds and non-wooded wetlands;
  2. b.
    Properties reserved or dedicated for school sites, playing fields and other non-wooded recreation areas, and other facilities and areas of a similar nature; and,
  3. c.
    Portions of a site which contain existing structures that are not the subject of a pending application.
4. 6.
  Credits for Preservation of Existing Trees. Existing trees which are to be preserved may be included in the calculation of the canopy requirements, and may include wooded preserves, if the site or construction plans identify those trees, trees are located within designated preservation areas and the trees are determined by the Director of Planning to be healthy, viable for canopy provision and long-term preservation.
5. 7.
  Designated Tree Canopy Preservation Areas. Areas which are to be preserved or replanted to meet the requirements of this section shall be designated on site plan and final record plat.
6. 8.
  Note. A note shall be provided that states “Removal of trees within designated tree canopy preservation areas shall not be permitted without approval from the Director of Planning.”
7. 9.
  Exceptions. Upon written request of the developer, the Director of Planning may approve reasonable exceptions to, or deviations from, the requirements of this section to allow for the reasonable development of farmland or other areas devoid of healthy or suitable woody materials, for the preservation of wetlands, or when the strict application of requirements would result in unnecessary or unreasonable hardship to the developer. In those instances, the Director of Planning may approve satisfaction of a portion of a development’s tree canopy requirement through use of a tree canopy bank or off-site planting or replacement of trees if the canopy substituted is located within the Upper Swift Creek Watershed.

Chesterfield County UnincorporatedCity Zoning Code

ARTICLE 4

19.2-33 General Provisions

19.2-34 Amenity Space

19.2-35 Buffers

19.2-36 Building Design

19.2-37 Dimensional Standards

19.2-38 Exterior Lighting

19.2-39 Fences, Retaining Walls, and Visual Obstructions

19.2-40 Improvement Guarantees

19.2-41 Landscaping and Screening

19.2-42 Parking

19.2-43 Signs

19.2-44 Stormwater Management

19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity

19.2-46 Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Chesterfield County UnincorporatedCity Zoning Code

ARTICLE 4

19.2-33 General Provisions

19.2-34 Amenity Space

19.2-35 Buffers

19.2-36 Building Design

19.2-37 Dimensional Standards

19.2-38 Exterior Lighting

19.2-39 Fences, Retaining Walls, and Visual Obstructions

19.2-40 Improvement Guarantees

19.2-41 Landscaping and Screening

19.2-42 Parking

19.2-43 Signs

19.2-44 Stormwater Management

19.2-45 Streets, Transportation, and Connectivity

19.2-46 Upper Swift Creek Watershed

Chesterfield County Unincorporated
City Zoning Code

Chesterfield County Unincorporated
City Zoning Code